projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
PR gas/1804
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
500 #endif
501 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
502 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
509 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
510 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
511 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
512 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
513 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
514 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
515 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
521 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
522 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
523 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
528 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
537 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
543 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
544 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
545 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
546 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
547 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
548 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
549 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
550 static int exact_log2 PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
553 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
554 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
555 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
556 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
557 int, int, int,
558 asection *, int));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int, int,
563 int, asection *));
564 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
565 char *, int, int, int,
566 int, int, int, int,
567 int, int, int, int,
568 asection *));
569 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
570 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
572 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
573 subsegT));
574 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
575 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
576 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
577 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
578 #endif
579 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
580 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
581 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
582 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
583 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
584 int, unsigned int, int));
585 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
586 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
587 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
588 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
589 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
590 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
591 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
592 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
593
594 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
595 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
596 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
597 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
598 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
599 #endif
600
601 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
602
603 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
604 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
606 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
607
608 /* The current space and subspace. */
609 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
610 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
611 #endif
612
613 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
614 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
615
616 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
617 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
618 function labels. */
619 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
620
621 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
622 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
623
624 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
625 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
626
627 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
628 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
629 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
630 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
631
632 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
633 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
634 dependent tables? */
635 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
636 {
637 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
638 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
639 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
640 {"align", pa_align, 8},
641 #endif
642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
643 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
644 #endif
645 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
646 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
647 {"block", pa_block, 1},
648 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
649 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
650 {"call", pa_call, 0},
651 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
652 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
653 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
654 #else
655 {"code", pa_text, 0},
656 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
657 #endif
658 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
659 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
660 #endif
661 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
662 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
663 {"data", pa_data, 0},
664 #endif
665 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
666 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
667 {"end", pa_end, 0},
668 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
669 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
670 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
671 #endif
672 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
673 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
674 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
675 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
676 {"export", pa_export, 0},
677 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
678 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
679 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
680 {"import", pa_import, 0},
681 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
682 {"label", pa_label, 0},
683 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
684 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
685 {"level", pa_level, 0},
686 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
687 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
688 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
689 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
690 #endif
691 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
692 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
693 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
694 {"param", pa_param, 0},
695 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
696 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
697 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
698 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
699 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
700 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
701 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
702 {"space", pa_space, 0},
703 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
704 #endif
705 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
706 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
707 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
708 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
709 #endif
710 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
711 {"text", pa_text, 0},
712 #endif
713 {"version", pa_version, 0},
714 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
715 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
716 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
717 #endif
718 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
719 {NULL, 0, 0}
720 };
721
722 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
723 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
724 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
725
726 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
727 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
728 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
729
730 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
731 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
732
733 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
734 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
735 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
736
737 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
738 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
739
740 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
741 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
742
743 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
744 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
745
746 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
747 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
748 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
749 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
750
751 static struct pa_it the_insn;
752
753 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
754 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
755 variable. */
756 static char *expr_end;
757
758 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
759 static int callinfo_found;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
762 static int within_entry_exit;
763
764 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
765 static int within_procedure;
766
767 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
768 seen in each subspace. */
769 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
770
771 /* Holds the last field selector. */
772 static int hppa_field_selector;
773
774 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
775
776 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
777 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
778
779 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
780 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
781 by pa_parse_number. */
782 static int strict;
783
784 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
785 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
786 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
787 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
788 register has a `r' suffix. */
789 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
790 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
791 static int pa_number;
792
793 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
794 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
795 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
796 #endif
797
798 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
799 static int print_errors = 1;
800
801 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
802
803 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
804 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
805
806 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
807 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
808
809 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
810 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
811 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
812 again have the value <REGNUM>.
813
814 Many registers also have synonyms:
815
816 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
817 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
818 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
819 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
820 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
821 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
822
823 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
824 here for brevity.
825
826 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
827
828 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
829 {
830 {"%arg0", 26},
831 {"%arg1", 25},
832 {"%arg2", 24},
833 {"%arg3", 23},
834 {"%cr0", 0},
835 {"%cr10", 10},
836 {"%cr11", 11},
837 {"%cr12", 12},
838 {"%cr13", 13},
839 {"%cr14", 14},
840 {"%cr15", 15},
841 {"%cr16", 16},
842 {"%cr17", 17},
843 {"%cr18", 18},
844 {"%cr19", 19},
845 {"%cr20", 20},
846 {"%cr21", 21},
847 {"%cr22", 22},
848 {"%cr23", 23},
849 {"%cr24", 24},
850 {"%cr25", 25},
851 {"%cr26", 26},
852 {"%cr27", 27},
853 {"%cr28", 28},
854 {"%cr29", 29},
855 {"%cr30", 30},
856 {"%cr31", 31},
857 {"%cr8", 8},
858 {"%cr9", 9},
859 {"%dp", 27},
860 {"%eiem", 15},
861 {"%eirr", 23},
862 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
923 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
924 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
932 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
933 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
938 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
939 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
942 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
951 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
952 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
953 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
954 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
955 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
956 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
957 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
958 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
959 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
960 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
961 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
962 {"%fret", 4},
963 {"%hta", 25},
964 {"%iir", 19},
965 {"%ior", 21},
966 {"%ipsw", 22},
967 {"%isr", 20},
968 {"%itmr", 16},
969 {"%iva", 14},
970 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
971 {"%mrp", 2},
972 #else
973 {"%mrp", 31},
974 #endif
975 {"%pcoq", 18},
976 {"%pcsq", 17},
977 {"%pidr1", 8},
978 {"%pidr2", 9},
979 {"%pidr3", 12},
980 {"%pidr4", 13},
981 {"%ppda", 24},
982 {"%r0", 0},
983 {"%r1", 1},
984 {"%r10", 10},
985 {"%r11", 11},
986 {"%r12", 12},
987 {"%r13", 13},
988 {"%r14", 14},
989 {"%r15", 15},
990 {"%r16", 16},
991 {"%r17", 17},
992 {"%r18", 18},
993 {"%r19", 19},
994 {"%r2", 2},
995 {"%r20", 20},
996 {"%r21", 21},
997 {"%r22", 22},
998 {"%r23", 23},
999 {"%r24", 24},
1000 {"%r25", 25},
1001 {"%r26", 26},
1002 {"%r27", 27},
1003 {"%r28", 28},
1004 {"%r29", 29},
1005 {"%r3", 3},
1006 {"%r30", 30},
1007 {"%r31", 31},
1008 {"%r4", 4},
1009 {"%r5", 5},
1010 {"%r6", 6},
1011 {"%r7", 7},
1012 {"%r8", 8},
1013 {"%r9", 9},
1014 {"%rctr", 0},
1015 {"%ret0", 28},
1016 {"%ret1", 29},
1017 {"%rp", 2},
1018 {"%sar", 11},
1019 {"%sp", 30},
1020 {"%sr0", 0},
1021 {"%sr1", 1},
1022 {"%sr2", 2},
1023 {"%sr3", 3},
1024 {"%sr4", 4},
1025 {"%sr5", 5},
1026 {"%sr6", 6},
1027 {"%sr7", 7},
1028 {"%t1", 22},
1029 {"%t2", 21},
1030 {"%t3", 20},
1031 {"%t4", 19},
1032 {"%tf1", 11},
1033 {"%tf2", 10},
1034 {"%tf3", 9},
1035 {"%tf4", 8},
1036 {"%tr0", 24},
1037 {"%tr1", 25},
1038 {"%tr2", 26},
1039 {"%tr3", 27},
1040 {"%tr4", 28},
1041 {"%tr5", 29},
1042 {"%tr6", 30},
1043 {"%tr7", 31}
1044 };
1045
1046 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1047 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1048 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1049 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1050 {
1051 {"false?", 0},
1052 {"false", 1},
1053 {"true?", 30},
1054 {"true", 31},
1055 {"!<=>", 3},
1056 {"!?>=", 8},
1057 {"!?<=", 16},
1058 {"!<>", 7},
1059 {"!>=", 11},
1060 {"!?>", 12},
1061 {"?<=", 14},
1062 {"!<=", 19},
1063 {"!?<", 20},
1064 {"?>=", 22},
1065 {"!?=", 24},
1066 {"!=t", 27},
1067 {"<=>", 29},
1068 {"=t", 5},
1069 {"?=", 6},
1070 {"?<", 10},
1071 {"<=", 13},
1072 {"!>", 15},
1073 {"?>", 18},
1074 {">=", 21},
1075 {"!<", 23},
1076 {"<>", 25},
1077 {"!=", 26},
1078 {"!?", 28},
1079 {"?", 2},
1080 {"=", 4},
1081 {"<", 9},
1082 {">", 17}
1083 };
1084
1085 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1086 {
1087 {"f", e_fsel},
1088 {"l", e_lsel},
1089 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1090 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1091 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1092 {"ls", e_lssel},
1093 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1094 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1095 {"n", e_nsel},
1096 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1097 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1098 {"p", e_psel},
1099 {"r", e_rsel},
1100 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1101 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1102 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1103 {"rs", e_rssel},
1104 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1105 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1106 {"t", e_tsel},
1107 };
1108
1109 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1110 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1111
1112 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1113 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1114
1115 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1116 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1117 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1118 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1119 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1120 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1121 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1122 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1123 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1124
1125 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1126 {
1127 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1128 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1129 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1130 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1131 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1132 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1133 };
1134
1135 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1136 {
1137 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1138 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1139 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1140 };
1141
1142 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1143
1144 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1145 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1146 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1147 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1148 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1149
1150 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1151 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1152 #endif
1153
1154 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1155 a right or left half of a FP register */
1156 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1157 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1158
1159 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1160 main loop after insertion. */
1161
1162 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1163 { \
1164 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1165 continue; \
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1169 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1170
1171 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1172 { \
1173 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1174 { \
1175 if (! IGNORE) \
1176 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1177 (int) (FIELD));\
1178 break; \
1179 } \
1180 }
1181
1182 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1183 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1184
1185 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1186 { \
1187 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1188 { \
1189 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1190 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1191 (int) (FIELD));\
1192 break; \
1193 } \
1194 }
1195
1196 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1197 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1198
1199 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1200 { \
1201 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1202 { \
1203 if (! IGNORE) \
1204 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1205 (int) (FIELD));\
1206 break; \
1207 } \
1208 }
1209
1210 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1211 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1212 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1213
1214 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1215 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1216 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1217
1218 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1219 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1220 need real complex handling yet. */
1221 #define is_complex(exp) \
1222 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1223
1224 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1225
1226 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1227 proc/procend pairs match. */
1228
1229 void
1230 pa_check_eof ()
1231 {
1232 if (within_entry_exit)
1233 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1234
1235 if (within_procedure)
1236 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1237 }
1238
1239 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1240 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1241
1242 static label_symbol_struct *
1243 pa_get_label ()
1244 {
1245 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1246
1247 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1248 label_chain;
1249 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1250 {
1251 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1252 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1253 return label_chain;
1254 #endif
1255 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1256 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1257 return label_chain;
1258 #endif
1259 }
1260
1261 return NULL;
1262 }
1263
1264 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1265 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1266
1267 void
1268 pa_define_label (symbol)
1269 symbolS *symbol;
1270 {
1271 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1272
1273 if (label_chain)
1274 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1275 else
1276 {
1277 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1278 label_chain
1279 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1280 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1282 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1283 #endif
1284 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1285 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1286 #endif
1287 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1288
1289 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1290 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1291
1292 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1293 }
1294
1295 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1296 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1297 #endif
1298 }
1299
1300 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1301 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1302
1303 static void
1304 pa_undefine_label ()
1305 {
1306 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1307 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1308
1309 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1310 label_chain;
1311 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1312 {
1313 if (1
1314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1315 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1316 #endif
1317 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1318 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1319 #endif
1320 )
1321 {
1322 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1323 if (prev_label_chain)
1324 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1325 else
1326 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1327
1328 free (label_chain);
1329 break;
1330 }
1331 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1336 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1337 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1338 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1339 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1340 tc_fix_data field. */
1341
1342 static void
1343 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1344 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1345 fragS *frag;
1346 int where;
1347 int size;
1348 symbolS *add_symbol;
1349 offsetT offset;
1350 expressionS *exp;
1351 int pcrel;
1352 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1353 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1354 int r_format;
1355 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1356 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1357 {
1358 fixS *new_fix;
1359
1360 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1361 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1362
1363 if (exp != NULL)
1364 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1365 else
1366 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1367 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1368 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1369 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1370 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1371 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1372 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1373 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1374 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1375 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1376 #endif
1377
1378 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1379 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1380 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1381 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1382 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1383 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1384 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1385 }
1386
1387 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1388 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1389
1390 void
1391 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1392 expressionS *exp;
1393 {
1394 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1395 expression (exp);
1396 }
1397
1398 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1399 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1400
1401 void
1402 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1403 fragS *frag;
1404 int where;
1405 int size;
1406 expressionS *exp;
1407 {
1408 unsigned int rel_type;
1409
1410 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1411 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1412 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1413 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1414 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1415 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1416 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1417 else
1418 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1419
1420 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1421 {
1422 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1423 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1424 }
1425
1426 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1427 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1428 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1429
1430 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1431 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1432 }
1433
1434 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1435 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1436
1437 void
1438 md_begin ()
1439 {
1440 const char *retval = NULL;
1441 int lose = 0;
1442 unsigned int i = 0;
1443
1444 last_call_info = NULL;
1445 call_info_root = NULL;
1446
1447 /* Set the default machine type. */
1448 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1449 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1450
1451 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1452 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1453 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1454 {
1455 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1456 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1457 }
1458
1459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1460 pa_spaces_begin ();
1461 #endif
1462
1463 op_hash = hash_new ();
1464
1465 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1466 {
1467 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1468 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1469 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1470 {
1471 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1472 lose = 1;
1473 }
1474 do
1475 {
1476 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1477 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1478 {
1479 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1480 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1481 lose = 1;
1482 }
1483 ++i;
1484 }
1485 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1486 }
1487
1488 if (lose)
1489 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1490
1491 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1492 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1493 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1494 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1495 #endif
1496
1497 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1498 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1499 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1500 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1501 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1502 #endif
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1506 void
1507 md_assemble (str)
1508 char *str;
1509 {
1510 char *to;
1511
1512 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1513 assert (str);
1514
1515 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1516 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1517 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1518
1519 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1520 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1521 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1522 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1523 {
1524 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1525
1526 if (label_symbol)
1527 {
1528 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1529 {
1530 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1531 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1532 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1534 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1535 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1536 if (within_entry_exit)
1537 {
1538 char *where;
1539 unsigned int u;
1540
1541 where = frag_more (0);
1542 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1543 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1544 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1545 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1546 }
1547 #endif
1548 }
1549 else
1550 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1551 }
1552 else
1553 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1554 }
1555
1556 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1557 pa_ip (str);
1558
1559 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
1560 to = frag_more (4);
1561
1562 /* Output the opcode. */
1563 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1564
1565 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1566 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1567 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1568 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1569 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1570 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1571
1572 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1573 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1574 #endif
1575 }
1576
1577 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1578 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1579
1580 static void
1581 pa_ip (str)
1582 char *str;
1583 {
1584 char *error_message = "";
1585 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1586 const char *args;
1587 int match = FALSE;
1588 int comma = 0;
1589 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1590 unsigned long opcode;
1591 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1592
1593 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1594 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1595 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1596 #endif
1597
1598 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1599 case. */
1600 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1601 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1602
1603 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1604 for (s = str;
1605 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1606 ++s)
1607 ;
1608
1609 switch (*s)
1610 {
1611
1612 case '\0':
1613 break;
1614
1615 case ',':
1616 comma = 1;
1617
1618 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1619
1620 case ' ':
1621 *s++ = '\0';
1622 break;
1623
1624 default:
1625 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1626 return;
1627 }
1628
1629 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1630 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1631 {
1632 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1633 return;
1634 }
1635
1636 if (comma)
1637 {
1638 *--s = ',';
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1642 start processing them. */
1643 argstart = s;
1644 for (;;)
1645 {
1646 /* Do some initialization. */
1647 opcode = insn->match;
1648 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1649 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1650
1651 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1652
1653 if (insn->arch >= pa20
1654 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1655 goto failed;
1656
1657 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1658 sure that the operands match. */
1659 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1660 {
1661 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1662 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1663 s++;
1664
1665 switch (*args)
1666 {
1667
1668 /* End of arguments. */
1669 case '\0':
1670 if (*s == '\0')
1671 match = TRUE;
1672 break;
1673
1674 case '+':
1675 if (*s == '+')
1676 {
1677 ++s;
1678 continue;
1679 }
1680 if (*s == '-')
1681 continue;
1682 break;
1683
1684 /* These must match exactly. */
1685 case '(':
1686 case ')':
1687 case ',':
1688 case ' ':
1689 if (*s++ == *args)
1690 continue;
1691 break;
1692
1693 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1694 case 'b':
1695 case '^':
1696 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1697 break;
1698 num = pa_number;
1699 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1700 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1701
1702 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1703 is there. */
1704 case '!':
1705 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1706 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1707 s = s + 1;
1708
1709 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1710 {
1711 s += 4;
1712 continue;
1713 }
1714 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1715 {
1716 s += 5;
1717 continue;
1718 }
1719 break;
1720
1721 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1722 case 'x':
1723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1724 break;
1725 num = pa_number;
1726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1727 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1728
1729 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1730 case 't':
1731 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1732 break;
1733 num = pa_number;
1734 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1735 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1736
1737 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1738 case 'a':
1739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1740 break;
1741 num = pa_number;
1742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1743 opcode |= num << 16;
1744 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1745
1746 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1747 case 'T':
1748 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1749 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1750 break;
1751 s = expr_end;
1752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1753 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1754
1755 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1756 case '5':
1757 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1758 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1759 break;
1760 s = expr_end;
1761 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1762 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1763 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1764 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1765 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1766
1767 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1768 case 'V':
1769 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1770 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1771 break;
1772 s = expr_end;
1773 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1774 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1776 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1777 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1778
1779 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1780 case 'r':
1781 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1782 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1783 break;
1784 s = expr_end;
1785 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1786 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1787
1788 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1789 case 'R':
1790 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1791 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1792 break;
1793 s = expr_end;
1794 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1795 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1796
1797 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1798 case 'U':
1799 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1800 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1801 break;
1802 s = expr_end;
1803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1804 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1805
1806 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1807 case 's':
1808 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1809 break;
1810 num = pa_number;
1811 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1812 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1813
1814 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1815 case 'S':
1816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1817 break;
1818 num = pa_number;
1819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1820 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1821 continue;
1822
1823 /* Handle all completers. */
1824 case 'c':
1825 switch (*++args)
1826 {
1827
1828 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1829 case 'X':
1830 case 'x':
1831 {
1832 int uu = 0;
1833 int m = 0;
1834 int i = 0;
1835 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1836 {
1837 s++;
1838 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1839 {
1840 uu = 1;
1841 m = 1;
1842 s++;
1843 i++;
1844 }
1845 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1846 m = 1;
1847 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1848 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1849 uu = 1;
1850 else if (strict)
1851 {
1852 /* This is a match failure. */
1853 s--;
1854 break;
1855 }
1856 else
1857 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1858 s++;
1859 i++;
1860 }
1861 if (i > 2)
1862 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1863 opcode |= m << 5;
1864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1865 }
1866
1867 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1868 case 'M':
1869 case 'm':
1870 case 'q':
1871 case 'J':
1872 case 'e':
1873 {
1874 int a = 0;
1875 int m = 0;
1876 if (*s == ',')
1877 {
1878 s++;
1879 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1880 {
1881 a = 0;
1882 m = 1;
1883 s += 2;
1884 }
1885 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1886 {
1887 a = 1;
1888 m = 1;
1889 s += 2;
1890 }
1891 else if (strict)
1892 /* This is a match failure. */
1893 s--;
1894 else
1895 {
1896 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1897 s += 2;
1898 }
1899 }
1900 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1901 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1902 else if (*args == 'e')
1903 break;
1904
1905 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1906 encode the before/after field. */
1907 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1908 {
1909 opcode |= m << 5;
1910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 }
1912 else if (*args == 'q')
1913 {
1914 opcode |= m << 3;
1915 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1916 }
1917 else if (*args == 'J')
1918 {
1919 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1920 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1921 }
1922 else if (*args == 'e')
1923 {
1924 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1925 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1926 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1927 opcode |= a;
1928 continue;
1929 }
1930 }
1931
1932 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1933 case 'A':
1934 case 's':
1935 {
1936 int a = 0;
1937 int m = 0;
1938 int i = 0;
1939 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1940 {
1941 s++;
1942 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1943 m = 1;
1944 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1945 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1946 a = 0;
1947 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1948 a = 1;
1949 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
1950 else if (strict)
1951 {
1952 s--;
1953 break;
1954 }
1955 else
1956 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1957 s++;
1958 i++;
1959 }
1960 if (i > 2)
1961 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1962 opcode |= m << 5;
1963 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1967 case 'c':
1968 cmpltr = 0;
1969 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1970 {
1971 s += 3;
1972 cmpltr = 2;
1973 }
1974 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1975
1976 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1977 case 'C':
1978 cmpltr = 0;
1979 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1980 {
1981 s += 3;
1982 cmpltr = 2;
1983 }
1984 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1985 {
1986 s += 3;
1987 cmpltr = 1;
1988 }
1989 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1990
1991 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1992 case 'd':
1993 cmpltr = 0;
1994 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1995 {
1996 s += 3;
1997 cmpltr = 1;
1998 }
1999 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
2000
2001 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
2002 case 'o':
2003 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
2004 break;
2005 s += 2;
2006 continue;
2007
2008 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
2009 case 'g':
2010 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
2011 break;
2012 s += 5;
2013 continue;
2014
2015 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2016 case 'p':
2017 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2018 break;
2019 s += 7;
2020 continue;
2021
2022 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2023 case 'l':
2024 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2025 break;
2026 s += 2;
2027 continue;
2028
2029 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2030 case 'P':
2031 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2032 break;
2033 s += 4;
2034 continue;
2035
2036 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2037 case 'L':
2038 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2039 break;
2040 s += 2;
2041 continue;
2042
2043 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2044 case 'w':
2045 flag = 0;
2046 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2047 {
2048 flag = 1;
2049 s += 2;
2050 }
2051 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2052 {
2053 flag = 0;
2054 s += 2;
2055 }
2056
2057 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2058
2059 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2060 case 'W':
2061 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2062 break;
2063 s += 2;
2064 continue;
2065
2066 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2067 case 'r':
2068 flag = 0;
2069 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2070 {
2071 flag = 5;
2072 s += 2;
2073 }
2074
2075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2076
2077 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2078 case 'Z':
2079 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2080 {
2081 flag = 1;
2082 s += 2;
2083 }
2084 else
2085 flag = 0;
2086
2087 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2088
2089 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2090 case 'i':
2091 flag = 0;
2092 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2093 {
2094 flag = 1;
2095 s += 2;
2096 }
2097
2098 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2099
2100 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2101 case 'z':
2102 flag = 1;
2103 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2104 {
2105 flag = 0;
2106 s += 2;
2107 }
2108
2109 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2110
2111 /* Handle add completer. */
2112 case 'a':
2113 flag = 1;
2114 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2115 {
2116 flag = 2;
2117 s += 2;
2118 }
2119 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2120 {
2121 flag = 3;
2122 s += 4;
2123 }
2124
2125 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2126
2127 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2128 case 'Y':
2129 flag = 0;
2130 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2131 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2132 {
2133 flag = 1;
2134 s += 7;
2135 }
2136 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2137 {
2138 flag = 0;
2139 s += 3;
2140 }
2141 else
2142 break;
2143
2144 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2145
2146 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2147 case 'y':
2148 flag = 0;
2149 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2150 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2151 {
2152 flag = 1;
2153 s += 6;
2154 }
2155 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2156 {
2157 flag = 0;
2158 s += 2;
2159 }
2160 else
2161 break;
2162
2163 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2164
2165 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2166 case 'v':
2167 flag = 0;
2168 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2169 {
2170 flag = 1;
2171 s += 4;
2172 }
2173
2174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2175
2176 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2177 case 't':
2178 flag = 0;
2179 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2180 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2181 {
2182 flag = 1;
2183 s += 7;
2184 }
2185 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2186 {
2187 flag = 0;
2188 s += 3;
2189 }
2190 else
2191 break;
2192
2193 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2194
2195 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2196 case 'B':
2197 flag = 0;
2198 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2199 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2200 {
2201 flag = 1;
2202 s += 7;
2203 }
2204 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2205 {
2206 flag = 0;
2207 s += 3;
2208 }
2209 else
2210 break;
2211
2212 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2213
2214 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2215 case 'b':
2216 flag = 0;
2217 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2218 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2219 {
2220 flag = 1;
2221 s += 6;
2222 }
2223 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2224 {
2225 flag = 0;
2226 s += 2;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 break;
2230
2231 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2232
2233 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2234 case 'T':
2235 flag = 0;
2236 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2237 {
2238 flag = 1;
2239 s += 3;
2240 }
2241
2242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2243
2244 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2245 case 'S':
2246 {
2247 int sign = 1;
2248 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2249 {
2250 sign = 1;
2251 s += 2;
2252 }
2253 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2254 {
2255 sign = 0;
2256 s += 2;
2257 }
2258
2259 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2263 case 'h':
2264 if (*s++ == ',')
2265 {
2266 int lr = 0;
2267 if (*s == 'r')
2268 lr = 2;
2269 else if (*s == 'l')
2270 lr = 0;
2271 else
2272 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2273
2274 s++;
2275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2276 }
2277 else
2278 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2279 break;
2280
2281 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2282 case 'H':
2283 {
2284 int sat = 3;
2285 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2286 {
2287 sat = 1;
2288 s += 3;
2289 }
2290 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2291 {
2292 sat = 0;
2293 s += 3;
2294 }
2295
2296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2297 }
2298
2299 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2300 case '*':
2301 if (*s++ == ',')
2302 {
2303 int permloc[4];
2304 int perm = 0;
2305 int i = 0;
2306 permloc[0] = 13;
2307 permloc[1] = 10;
2308 permloc[2] = 8;
2309 permloc[3] = 6;
2310 for (; i < 4; i++)
2311 {
2312 switch (*s++)
2313 {
2314 case '0':
2315 perm = 0;
2316 break;
2317 case '1':
2318 perm = 1;
2319 break;
2320 case '2':
2321 perm = 2;
2322 break;
2323 case '3':
2324 perm = 3;
2325 break;
2326 default:
2327 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2328 }
2329 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2330 }
2331 continue;
2332 }
2333 else
2334 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2335 break;
2336
2337 default:
2338 abort ();
2339 }
2340 break;
2341
2342 /* Handle all conditions. */
2343 case '?':
2344 {
2345 args++;
2346 switch (*args)
2347 {
2348 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2349 case 'f':
2350 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2352
2353 /* Handle an add condition. */
2354 case 'A':
2355 case 'a':
2356 cmpltr = 0;
2357 flag = 0;
2358 if (*s == ',')
2359 {
2360 s++;
2361
2362 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2363 if (*args == 'A')
2364 {
2365 if (*s == '*')
2366 s++;
2367 else
2368 break;
2369 }
2370 else if (*s == '*')
2371 break;
2372
2373 name = s;
2374 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2375 s += 1;
2376 c = *s;
2377 *s = 0x00;
2378 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2379 cmpltr = 1;
2380 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2381 cmpltr = 2;
2382 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2383 cmpltr = 3;
2384 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2385 cmpltr = 4;
2386 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2387 cmpltr = 5;
2388 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2389 cmpltr = 6;
2390 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2391 cmpltr = 7;
2392 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2393 {
2394 cmpltr = 0;
2395 flag = 1;
2396 }
2397 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2398 {
2399 cmpltr = 1;
2400 flag = 1;
2401 }
2402 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2403 {
2404 cmpltr = 2;
2405 flag = 1;
2406 }
2407 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2408 {
2409 cmpltr = 3;
2410 flag = 1;
2411 }
2412 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2413 {
2414 cmpltr = 4;
2415 flag = 1;
2416 }
2417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2418 {
2419 cmpltr = 5;
2420 flag = 1;
2421 }
2422 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2423 {
2424 cmpltr = 6;
2425 flag = 1;
2426 }
2427 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2428 {
2429 cmpltr = 7;
2430 flag = 1;
2431 }
2432 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2433 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
2434 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2435 *s = c;
2436 }
2437 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2438 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2439
2440 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2441 case 'd':
2442 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2443 if (cmpltr < 0)
2444 {
2445 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2446 cmpltr = 0;
2447 }
2448 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2449
2450 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2451 case 'W':
2452 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2453 if (cmpltr < 0)
2454 {
2455 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2456 cmpltr = 0;
2457 }
2458 else
2459 {
2460 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2461 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2462 }
2463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2464
2465 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2466 condition. */
2467 case '@':
2468 save_s = s;
2469 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2470 if (cmpltr < 0)
2471 {
2472 s = save_s;
2473 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2474 if (cmpltr < 0)
2475 {
2476 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2477 cmpltr = 0;
2478 }
2479 else
2480 {
2481 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2482 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2483 }
2484 }
2485 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2486
2487 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2488 case 'B':
2489 case 'b':
2490 cmpltr = 0;
2491 if (*s == ',')
2492 {
2493 s++;
2494
2495 if (*args == 'B')
2496 {
2497 if (*s == '*')
2498 s++;
2499 else
2500 break;
2501 }
2502 else if (*s == '*')
2503 break;
2504
2505 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2506 {
2507 cmpltr = 0;
2508 s++;
2509 }
2510 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2511 {
2512 cmpltr = 1;
2513 s += 2;
2514 }
2515 else
2516 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2517 }
2518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2519
2520 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2521 case 'S':
2522 case 's':
2523 cmpltr = 0;
2524 flag = 0;
2525 if (*s == ',')
2526 {
2527 s++;
2528
2529 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2530 if (*args == 'S')
2531 {
2532 if (*s == '*')
2533 s++;
2534 else
2535 break;
2536 }
2537 else if (*s == '*')
2538 break;
2539
2540 name = s;
2541 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2542 s += 1;
2543 c = *s;
2544 *s = 0x00;
2545 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2546 cmpltr = 1;
2547 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2548 cmpltr = 2;
2549 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2550 cmpltr = 3;
2551 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2552 cmpltr = 4;
2553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2554 cmpltr = 5;
2555 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2556 cmpltr = 6;
2557 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2558 cmpltr = 7;
2559 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2560 {
2561 cmpltr = 0;
2562 flag = 1;
2563 }
2564 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2565 {
2566 cmpltr = 1;
2567 flag = 1;
2568 }
2569 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2570 {
2571 cmpltr = 2;
2572 flag = 1;
2573 }
2574 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2575 {
2576 cmpltr = 3;
2577 flag = 1;
2578 }
2579 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2580 {
2581 cmpltr = 4;
2582 flag = 1;
2583 }
2584 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2585 {
2586 cmpltr = 5;
2587 flag = 1;
2588 }
2589 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2590 {
2591 cmpltr = 6;
2592 flag = 1;
2593 }
2594 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2595 {
2596 cmpltr = 7;
2597 flag = 1;
2598 }
2599 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2600 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
2601 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2602 name);
2603 *s = c;
2604 }
2605 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2607
2608 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2609 case 't':
2610 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2611 if (cmpltr < 0)
2612 {
2613 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2614 cmpltr = 0;
2615 }
2616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2617
2618 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2619 case 'n':
2620 save_s = s;
2621 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2622 if (cmpltr < 0)
2623 {
2624 s = save_s;
2625 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2626 if (cmpltr < 0)
2627 {
2628 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2629 cmpltr = 0;
2630 }
2631 else
2632 {
2633 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2634 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2635 }
2636 }
2637
2638 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2639
2640 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2641 case 'N':
2642 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2643 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2644 {
2645 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2646 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2647 }
2648 else
2649 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2650 break;
2651
2652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2653
2654 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2655 case 'Q':
2656 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2657 if (cmpltr < 0)
2658 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2659 break;
2660
2661 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2662
2663 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2664 case 'L':
2665 case 'l':
2666 cmpltr = 0;
2667 flag = 0;
2668 if (*s == ',')
2669 {
2670 s++;
2671
2672 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2673 if (*args == 'L')
2674 {
2675 if (*s == '*')
2676 s++;
2677 else
2678 break;
2679 }
2680 else if (*s == '*')
2681 break;
2682
2683 name = s;
2684 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2685 s += 1;
2686 c = *s;
2687 *s = 0x00;
2688
2689 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2690 cmpltr = 1;
2691 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2692 cmpltr = 2;
2693 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2694 cmpltr = 3;
2695 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2696 cmpltr = 7;
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 0;
2700 flag = 1;
2701 }
2702 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2703 {
2704 cmpltr = 1;
2705 flag = 1;
2706 }
2707 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = 2;
2710 flag = 1;
2711 }
2712 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2713 {
2714 cmpltr = 3;
2715 flag = 1;
2716 }
2717 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2718 {
2719 cmpltr = 7;
2720 flag = 1;
2721 }
2722 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2723 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
2724 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2725 *s = c;
2726 }
2727 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2729
2730 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2731 case 'X':
2732 case 'x':
2733 case 'y':
2734 cmpltr = 0;
2735 if (*s == ',')
2736 {
2737 save_s = s++;
2738
2739 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2740 if (*args == 'X')
2741 {
2742 if (*s == '*')
2743 s++;
2744 else
2745 break;
2746 }
2747 else if (*s == '*')
2748 break;
2749
2750 name = s;
2751 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2752 s += 1;
2753 c = *s;
2754 *s = 0x00;
2755 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2756 cmpltr = 1;
2757 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2758 cmpltr = 2;
2759 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2760 cmpltr = 3;
2761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2762 cmpltr = 4;
2763 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2764 cmpltr = 5;
2765 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2766 cmpltr = 6;
2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2768 cmpltr = 7;
2769 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2770 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2772 {
2773 *s = c;
2774 s = save_s;
2775 continue;
2776 }
2777 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2778 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
2779 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2780 *s = c;
2781 }
2782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2783
2784 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2785 case 'U':
2786 case 'u':
2787 cmpltr = 0;
2788 flag = 0;
2789 if (*s == ',')
2790 {
2791 s++;
2792
2793 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2794 if (*args == 'U')
2795 {
2796 if (*s == '*')
2797 s++;
2798 else
2799 break;
2800 }
2801 else if (*s == '*')
2802 break;
2803
2804 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2805 {
2806 cmpltr = 2;
2807 s += 3;
2808 }
2809 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2810 {
2811 cmpltr = 3;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 4;
2817 s += 3;
2818 }
2819 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2820 {
2821 cmpltr = 6;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
2824 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2825 {
2826 cmpltr = 7;
2827 s += 3;
2828 }
2829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 0;
2832 flag = 1;
2833 s += 2;
2834 }
2835 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 2;
2838 flag = 1;
2839 s += 3;
2840 }
2841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 3;
2844 flag = 1;
2845 s += 3;
2846 }
2847 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 4;
2850 flag = 1;
2851 s += 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 6;
2856 flag = 1;
2857 s += 3;
2858 }
2859 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 7;
2862 flag = 1;
2863 s += 3;
2864 }
2865 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 1;
2868 flag = 0;
2869 s += 3;
2870 }
2871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2872 {
2873 cmpltr = 5;
2874 flag = 0;
2875 s += 3;
2876 }
2877 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 1;
2880 flag = 1;
2881 s += 3;
2882 }
2883 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2884 {
2885 cmpltr = 5;
2886 flag = 1;
2887 s += 3;
2888 }
2889 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2890 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
2891 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2892 }
2893 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2894 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2895
2896 default:
2897 abort ();
2898 }
2899 break;
2900 }
2901
2902 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2903 case 'n':
2904 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2906
2907 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2908 case 'N':
2909 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2911
2912 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2913 case 'L':
2914 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2915 s += 4;
2916 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2917 s += 4;
2918 else
2919 break;
2920 continue;
2921
2922 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2923 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2924 case 'h':
2925 get_expression (s);
2926 s = expr_end;
2927 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2928 {
2929 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2930 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2931 num++;
2932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2933 }
2934 else
2935 break;
2936
2937 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2938 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2939 case 'm':
2940 get_expression (s);
2941 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2942 {
2943 s = expr_end;
2944 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2945 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2946 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2947 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2948 }
2949 else
2950 break;
2951
2952 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2953 case '=':
2954 {
2955 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2956 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2957 }
2958
2959 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2960 case 'i':
2961 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2962 get_expression (s);
2963 s = expr_end;
2964 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2965 {
2966 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2967 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2968 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2969 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2970 }
2971 else
2972 {
2973 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2974 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2975 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2976 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2977 else
2978 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2979 the_insn.format = 11;
2980 continue;
2981 }
2982
2983 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2984 case 'J':
2985 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2986 get_expression (s);
2987 s = expr_end;
2988 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2989 {
2990 int mb;
2991
2992 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2993 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2994 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2995 good to rethink this. */
2996 mb = opcode & 1;
2997 opcode -= mb;
2998 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2999 if (mb != (num < 0))
3000 break;
3001 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3002 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3003 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3004 }
3005 break;
3006
3007 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3008 case 'K':
3009 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3010 get_expression (s);
3011 s = expr_end;
3012 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3013 {
3014 int mb;
3015
3016 mb = opcode & 1;
3017 opcode -= mb;
3018 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3019 if (mb == (num < 0))
3020 break;
3021 if (num % 4)
3022 break;
3023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3024 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3025 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3026 }
3027 break;
3028
3029 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3030 case '<':
3031 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3032 get_expression (s);
3033 s = expr_end;
3034 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3035 {
3036 int mb;
3037
3038 mb = opcode & 1;
3039 opcode -= mb;
3040 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3041 if (mb != (num < 0))
3042 break;
3043 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3044 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3046 }
3047 break;
3048
3049 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3050 case '>':
3051 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3052 get_expression (s);
3053 s = expr_end;
3054 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3055 {
3056 int mb;
3057
3058 mb = opcode & 1;
3059 opcode -= mb;
3060 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3061 if (mb == (num < 0))
3062 break;
3063 if (num % 4)
3064 break;
3065 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3066 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3067 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3068 }
3069 break;
3070
3071 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3072 case '#':
3073 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
3074 break;
3075 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3076 get_expression (s);
3077 s = expr_end;
3078 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3079 {
3080 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3081 if (num & 0x7)
3082 break;
3083 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3084 if (num < 0)
3085 opcode |= 1;
3086 num &= 0x1fff;
3087 num >>= 3;
3088 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3089 }
3090 else
3091 {
3092 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3094 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3096 else
3097 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3098 the_insn.format = 14;
3099 continue;
3100 }
3101 break;
3102
3103 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3104 case 'd':
3105 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3106 get_expression (s);
3107 s = expr_end;
3108 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3109 {
3110 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3111 if (num & 0x3)
3112 break;
3113 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3114 if (num < 0)
3115 opcode |= 1;
3116 num &= 0x1fff;
3117 num >>= 2;
3118 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3119 }
3120 else
3121 {
3122 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3123 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3124 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3125 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3126 else
3127 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3128 the_insn.format = 14;
3129 continue;
3130 }
3131
3132 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3133 case 'j':
3134 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3135 get_expression (s);
3136 s = expr_end;
3137 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3138 {
3139 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3140 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3141 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3142 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3143 }
3144 else
3145 {
3146 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3147 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3148 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3149 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3150 else
3151 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3152 the_insn.format = 14;
3153 continue;
3154 }
3155
3156 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3157 case 'k':
3158 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3159 get_expression (s);
3160 s = expr_end;
3161 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3162 {
3163 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3164 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3165 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3166 continue;
3167 }
3168 else
3169 {
3170 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3171 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3172 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3173 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3174 else
3175 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3176 the_insn.format = 21;
3177 continue;
3178 }
3179
3180 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3181 case 'l':
3182 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3183 get_expression (s);
3184 s = expr_end;
3185 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3186 {
3187 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3188 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3189 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3190 continue;
3191 }
3192 else
3193 {
3194 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3195 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3196 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3197 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3198 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 else
3200 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3201 the_insn.format = 14;
3202 continue;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3206 case 'y':
3207 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3208 get_expression (s);
3209 s = expr_end;
3210 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3211 {
3212 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3213 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3214 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3215 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3216 continue;
3217 }
3218 else
3219 {
3220 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3221 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3222 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3223 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3224 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3225 else
3226 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3227 the_insn.format = 14;
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230
3231 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3232 case '&':
3233 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3234 get_expression (s);
3235 s = expr_end;
3236 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3237 {
3238 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3239 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3240 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3241 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3242 continue;
3243 }
3244 else
3245 {
3246 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3247 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3248 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3249 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3250 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3251 else
3252 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3253 the_insn.format = 14;
3254 continue;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3258 case 'w':
3259 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3260 get_expression (s);
3261 s = expr_end;
3262 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3263 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3264 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3265 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3266 {
3267 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3268 if (num % 4)
3269 {
3270 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3271 break;
3272 }
3273 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3274 num -= 8;
3275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3276 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3277 continue;
3278 }
3279 else
3280 {
3281 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3282 the_insn.format = 12;
3283 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3284 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3285 s = expr_end;
3286 continue;
3287 }
3288
3289 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3290 case 'W':
3291 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3292 get_expression (s);
3293 s = expr_end;
3294 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3295 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3296 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3297 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3298 {
3299 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3300 if (num % 4)
3301 {
3302 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3303 break;
3304 }
3305 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3306 num -= 8;
3307 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3308 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3309 continue;
3310 }
3311 else
3312 {
3313 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3314 the_insn.format = 17;
3315 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3316 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3317 continue;
3318 }
3319
3320 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3321 case 'X':
3322 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3323 get_expression (s);
3324 s = expr_end;
3325 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3326 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3327 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3328 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3329 {
3330 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3331 if (num % 4)
3332 {
3333 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3334 break;
3335 }
3336 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3337 num -= 8;
3338 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3339 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3344 the_insn.format = 22;
3345 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3346 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3347 continue;
3348 }
3349
3350 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3351 case 'z':
3352 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3353 get_expression (s);
3354 s = expr_end;
3355 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3356 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3357 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3358 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3359 {
3360 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3361 if (num % 4)
3362 {
3363 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3367 num -= 8;
3368 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3369 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372 else
3373 {
3374 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3375 the_insn.format = 17;
3376 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3377 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3378 continue;
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3382 case 'Z':
3383 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3384 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3385 {
3386 s += 4;
3387 continue;
3388 }
3389 else
3390 break;
3391
3392 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3393 case 'Y':
3394 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3395 break;
3396 s += 9;
3397 continue;
3398
3399 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3400 case '@':
3401 if (*s != '0')
3402 break;
3403 s++;
3404 continue;
3405
3406 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3407 case '.':
3408 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3409 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3410 break;
3411 s = expr_end;
3412 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3414
3415 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3416 case '*':
3417 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3418 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3419 break;
3420 s = expr_end;
3421 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3425 case 'p':
3426 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3427 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3428 break;
3429 s = expr_end;
3430 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3432
3433 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3434 case '~':
3435 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3436 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3437 break;
3438 s = expr_end;
3439 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3440 num = 63 - num;
3441 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3443
3444 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3445 case '%':
3446 flag = 0;
3447 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3448 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3449 break;
3450 s = expr_end;
3451 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3452 num--;
3453 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3454 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3455 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3456
3457 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3458 case '|':
3459 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3460 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3461 break;
3462 s = expr_end;
3463 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3464 num--;
3465 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3466 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3467 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3468
3469 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3470 case 'P':
3471 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3472 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3473 break;
3474 s = expr_end;
3475 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3476 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3477
3478 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3479 case 'q':
3480 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3481 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3482 break;
3483 s = expr_end;
3484 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3485 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3486 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3487
3488 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3489 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3490 case 'B':
3491 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3492 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3493 break;
3494 s = expr_end;
3495 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3496 if (num & 0x20)
3497 ;
3498 else
3499 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3500 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3501
3502 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3503 case 'Q':
3504 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3505 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3506 break;
3507 s = expr_end;
3508 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3512 case '$':
3513 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3514 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3515 break;
3516 s = expr_end;
3517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3519
3520 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3521 case 'A':
3522 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3523 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3524 break;
3525 s = expr_end;
3526 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3528
3529 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3530 case 'D':
3531 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3532 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3533 break;
3534 s = expr_end;
3535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3537
3538 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3539 case 'v':
3540 if (*s++ != ',')
3541 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3542 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3543 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3544 break;
3545 s = expr_end;
3546 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3547 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3548
3549 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3550 case 'O':
3551 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3552 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3553 break;
3554 s = expr_end;
3555 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3556 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3557 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3558
3559 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3560 case 'o':
3561 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3562 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3563 break;
3564 s = expr_end;
3565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3567
3568 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3569 case '0':
3570 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3571 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3572 break;
3573 s = expr_end;
3574 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3575 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3577
3578 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3579 case '1':
3580 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3581 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3582 break;
3583 s = expr_end;
3584 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3585 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3587
3588 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3589 case 'u':
3590 if (*s++ != ',')
3591 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3592 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3593 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3594 break;
3595 s = expr_end;
3596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3597 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3598
3599 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3600 case '2':
3601 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3602 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3603 break;
3604 s = expr_end;
3605 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3606 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3608
3609 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3610 case '{':
3611 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3612 {
3613 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3614 s += 2;
3615 }
3616 else
3617 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3620 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3621 flag = SGL;
3622 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3623 flag = DBL;
3624 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3625 flag = QUAD;
3626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627
3628 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3629 case '_':
3630 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3631 s--;
3632 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3633 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3634 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3635 flag = SGL;
3636 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3637 flag = DBL;
3638 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3639 flag = QUAD;
3640 opcode |= flag << 13;
3641 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3642 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3643 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3644 {
3645 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3646 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3647 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3648 flag = 0;
3649 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3650 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3651 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3652 flag = 2;
3653 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3654 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3655 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3656 flag = 6;
3657 else
3658 abort ();
3659 }
3660 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3661 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3662 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3663 {
3664 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3665 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3666 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3667 flag = 1;
3668 else
3669 abort ();
3670 }
3671 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3672 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3673 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3674 {
3675 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3676 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3677 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3678 flag = 5;
3679 else
3680 abort ();
3681 }
3682 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3684
3685 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3686 case 'F':
3687 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3688 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3690
3691 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3692 case 'G':
3693 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3694 s--;
3695 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3696 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3698
3699 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3700 case 'I':
3701 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3702 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3703 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3704
3705 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3706 Only allows single and double precision. */
3707 case 'H':
3708 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3709 switch (flag)
3710 {
3711 case SGL:
3712 opcode |= 0x20;
3713 case DBL:
3714 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3715 continue;
3716
3717 case QUAD:
3718 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3719 default:
3720 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3721 }
3722 break;
3723
3724 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3725 case 'f':
3726 switch (*++args)
3727 {
3728 /* Float target register. */
3729 case 't':
3730 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3731 break;
3732 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3733 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3734 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3735
3736 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3737 case 'T':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= num;
3744
3745 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3746 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3747 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3748 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3749 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3750 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3751
3752 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 /* Float operand 1. */
3757 case 'a':
3758 {
3759 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3760 break;
3761 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3762 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3763 opcode |= num << 21;
3764 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3765 {
3766 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3767 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3768 }
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3773 case 'X':
3774 case 'A':
3775 {
3776 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3777 break;
3778 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3780 opcode |= num << 21;
3781 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3782 continue;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Float operand 2. */
3786 case 'b':
3787 {
3788 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3789 break;
3790 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3792 opcode |= num << 16;
3793 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3794 {
3795 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3796 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3797 }
3798 continue;
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3802 case 'B':
3803 {
3804 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3805 break;
3806 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3807 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3808 opcode |= num << 16;
3809 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3810 continue;
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3814 case 'C':
3815 {
3816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3817 break;
3818 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3820 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3821 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3822 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3823 continue;
3824 }
3825
3826 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3827 case 'i':
3828 {
3829 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3830 break;
3831 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3832 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3833 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3834 {
3835 if (num < 16)
3836 {
3837 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3838 break;
3839 }
3840 num &= 0xF;
3841 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3842 }
3843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3844 }
3845
3846 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3847 case 'j':
3848 {
3849 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3850 break;
3851 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3852 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3853 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3854 {
3855 if (num < 16)
3856 {
3857 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3858 break;
3859 }
3860 num &= 0xF;
3861 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3862 }
3863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3867 case 'k':
3868 {
3869 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3870 break;
3871 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3872 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3873 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3874 {
3875 if (num < 16)
3876 {
3877 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3878 break;
3879 }
3880 num &= 0xF;
3881 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3882 }
3883 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3887 case 'l':
3888 {
3889 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3890 break;
3891 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3892 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3893 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3894 {
3895 if (num < 16)
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3898 break;
3899 }
3900 num &= 0xF;
3901 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3902 }
3903 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3904 }
3905
3906 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3907 case 'm':
3908 {
3909 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3910 break;
3911 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3912 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3913 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3914 {
3915 if (num < 16)
3916 {
3917 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3918 break;
3919 }
3920 num &= 0xF;
3921 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3922 }
3923 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3927 case 'E':
3928 case 'e':
3929 {
3930 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3931 break;
3932 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3933 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3934 opcode |= num << 16;
3935 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3936 {
3937 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3938 }
3939 continue;
3940 }
3941
3942 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3943 case 'x':
3944 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3945 break;
3946 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3947 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3948 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3949
3950 default:
3951 abort ();
3952 }
3953 break;
3954
3955 default:
3956 abort ();
3957 }
3958 break;
3959 }
3960
3961 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
3962 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
3963 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
3964 if (match == TRUE
3965 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
3966 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
3967 {
3968 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
3969 match = FALSE;
3970 }
3971
3972 failed:
3973 /* Check if the args matched. */
3974 if (!match)
3975 {
3976 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3977 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3978 {
3979 ++insn;
3980 s = argstart;
3981 continue;
3982 }
3983 else
3984 {
3985 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3986 return;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 break;
3990 }
3991
3992 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3993 }
3994
3995 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3996 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3997 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3998
3999 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
4000
4001 char *
4002 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
4003 char type;
4004 char *litP;
4005 int *sizeP;
4006 {
4007 int prec;
4008 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
4009 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
4010 char *t;
4011
4012 switch (type)
4013 {
4014
4015 case 'f':
4016 case 'F':
4017 case 's':
4018 case 'S':
4019 prec = 2;
4020 break;
4021
4022 case 'd':
4023 case 'D':
4024 case 'r':
4025 case 'R':
4026 prec = 4;
4027 break;
4028
4029 case 'x':
4030 case 'X':
4031 prec = 6;
4032 break;
4033
4034 case 'p':
4035 case 'P':
4036 prec = 6;
4037 break;
4038
4039 default:
4040 *sizeP = 0;
4041 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4042 }
4043 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4044 if (t)
4045 input_line_pointer = t;
4046 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4047 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4048 {
4049 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4050 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4051 }
4052 return NULL;
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Write out big-endian. */
4056
4057 void
4058 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4059 char *buf;
4060 valueT val;
4061 int n;
4062 {
4063 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4064 }
4065
4066 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4067 format. */
4068
4069 arelent **
4070 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4071 asection *section;
4072 fixS *fixp;
4073 {
4074 arelent *reloc;
4075 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4076 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4077 arelent **relocs;
4078 reloc_type **codes;
4079 reloc_type code;
4080 int n_relocs;
4081 int i;
4082
4083 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4084 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4085 return &no_relocs;
4086
4087 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4088 assert (section != 0);
4089
4090 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4091
4092 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4093 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4094 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4095 fixp->fx_r_type,
4096 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4097 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4098 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4099 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4100
4101 if (codes == NULL)
4102 {
4103 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4104 abort ();
4105 }
4106
4107 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4108 ;
4109
4110 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4111 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4112 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4113 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4114
4115 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4116
4117 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4118 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4119 {
4120 default:
4121 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4122
4123 code = *codes[0];
4124
4125 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4126 switch (code)
4127 {
4128 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4129 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4130 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4131 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4132 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4133 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4134 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4135 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4136 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4137 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4138
4139 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4140 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4141 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4142 reloc->addend = 0;
4143 break;
4144
4145 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4146 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4147 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4148 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4149 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4150 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4151 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4152 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4153 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4154 fixp->fx_offset);
4155 break;
4156 #endif
4157
4158 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4159 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4160 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4161 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4162 /* Fall thru */
4163
4164 default:
4165 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4166 break;
4167 }
4168
4169 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4170 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4171 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4172 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4173 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4174
4175 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4176 break;
4177 }
4178 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4179
4180 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4181 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4182 {
4183 code = *codes[i];
4184
4185 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4186 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4187 relocs[i]->howto =
4188 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4189 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4190 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4191
4192 switch (code)
4193 {
4194 case R_COMP2:
4195 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4196 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4197 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4198 assert (i == 1);
4199 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4200 relocs[0]->howto =
4201 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4202 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4203 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4204 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4205 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4206 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4207 relocs[1]->howto =
4208 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4209 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4210 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4211 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4212 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4213 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4214 relocs[2]->howto =
4215 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4216 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4217 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4218 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4219 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4220 relocs[3]->howto =
4221 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4222 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4223 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4224 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4225 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4226 relocs[4]->howto =
4227 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4228 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4229 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4230 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4231 goto done;
4232 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4233 case R_ABS_CALL:
4234 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4235 break;
4236
4237 case R_DLT_REL:
4238 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4239 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4240 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4241 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4242 (static link required).
4243
4244 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4245
4246 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4247 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4248 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4249 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4250 break;
4251
4252 case R_N_MODE:
4253 case R_S_MODE:
4254 case R_D_MODE:
4255 case R_R_MODE:
4256 case R_FSEL:
4257 case R_LSEL:
4258 case R_RSEL:
4259 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4260 case R_END_BRTAB:
4261 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4262 case R_N0SEL:
4263 case R_N1SEL:
4264 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4265 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4266 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4267 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4268 break;
4269
4270 case R_END_TRY:
4271 case R_ENTRY:
4272 case R_EXIT:
4273 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4274 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4275 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4276 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4277 break;
4278
4279 default:
4280 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4281 }
4282 }
4283
4284 done:
4285 #endif
4286
4287 return relocs;
4288 }
4289
4290 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4291
4292 void
4293 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4294 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4295 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4296 register fragS *fragP;
4297 {
4298 unsigned int address;
4299
4300 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4301 {
4302 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4303 {
4304 case 0:
4305 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4306 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4307 know (fragP->fr_next);
4308 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4309 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4310 {
4311 fragP->fr_offset =
4312 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4313 - fragP->fr_address
4314 - fragP->fr_fix;
4315 }
4316 else
4317 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4318 break;
4319 }
4320 }
4321 }
4322
4323 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4324
4325 valueT
4326 md_section_align (segment, size)
4327 asection *segment;
4328 valueT size;
4329 {
4330 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4331 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4332
4333 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4334 }
4335
4336 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4337 int
4338 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4339 register fragS *fragP;
4340 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4341 {
4342 int size;
4343
4344 size = 0;
4345
4346 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4347 size++;
4348
4349 return size;
4350 }
4351 \f
4352 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4353 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4354 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4355 # else
4356 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4357 # endif
4358 #else
4359 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4360 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4361 # else
4362 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4363 # endif
4364 #endif
4365
4366 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4367 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4368 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4369 #endif
4370 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4371 };
4372 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4373
4374 int
4375 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4376 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4377 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4378 {
4379 switch (c)
4380 {
4381 default:
4382 return 0;
4383
4384 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4385 case 'V':
4386 print_version_id ();
4387 break;
4388 #endif
4389 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4390 case 'c':
4391 warn_comment = 1;
4392 break;
4393 #endif
4394 }
4395
4396 return 1;
4397 }
4398
4399 void
4400 md_show_usage (stream)
4401 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4402 {
4403 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4404 fprintf (stream, _("\
4405 -Q ignored\n"));
4406 #endif
4407 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4408 fprintf (stream, _("\
4409 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4410 #endif
4411 }
4412 \f
4413 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4414
4415 symbolS *
4416 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4417 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4418 {
4419 return 0;
4420 }
4421
4422 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4423 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4424 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4425 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4426 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4427 #else
4428 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4429 #endif
4430
4431 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4432
4433 void
4434 md_apply_fix (fixP, valP, seg)
4435 fixS *fixP;
4436 valueT *valP;
4437 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4438 {
4439 char *fixpos;
4440 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4441 offsetT new_val;
4442 int insn, val, fmt;
4443
4444 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4445 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4446 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4447 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4448 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4449 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4450 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4451 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4452 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4453 return;
4454
4455 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4456 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4457 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4458 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4459 {
4460 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4461 return;
4462 }
4463 #endif
4464 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4465 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4466 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4467 return;
4468 #endif
4469
4470 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4471 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4472
4473 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
4474 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4475 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4476 {
4477 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4478 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4479 fixP->fx_r_type);
4480 return;
4481 }
4482
4483 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4484
4485 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
4486 {
4487 /* Handle constant output. */
4488 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
4489 return;
4490 }
4491
4492 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
4493 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4494
4495 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4496 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4497 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4498 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4499 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4500 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4502 && fmt != 32
4503 #endif
4504 )
4505 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4506 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4507 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4508 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4509 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4510 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4511 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4512 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4513 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4514 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4515 #endif
4516 else
4517 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4518
4519 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4520 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4521 && fixP->fx_addsy
4522 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4523 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4524 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4525 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4526 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4527 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4528 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4529 #endif
4530 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4531 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4532 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4533 #endif
4534 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4535 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4536 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4537 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4538 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4539 {
4540 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4541 }
4542
4543 switch (fmt)
4544 {
4545 case 10:
4546 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4547 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4548 val = new_val;
4549
4550 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4551 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4552 break;
4553 case -11:
4554 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4555 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4556 val = new_val;
4557
4558 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4559 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4560 break;
4561 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4562 case 14:
4563 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4564 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4565 val = new_val;
4566
4567 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4568 break;
4569
4570 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4571 case 21:
4572 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4573 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4574 val = new_val;
4575
4576 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4577 break;
4578
4579 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4580 case 11:
4581 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4582 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4583 val = new_val;
4584
4585 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4586 break;
4587
4588 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4589 case 12:
4590 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4591 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4592 val = new_val - 8;
4593
4594 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4595 break;
4596
4597 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4598 case 17:
4599 {
4600 offsetT distance = * valP;
4601
4602 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4603 range target, then we want to complain. */
4604 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4605 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4606 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4607 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4608
4609 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4610 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4611 val = new_val - 8;
4612
4613 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4614 break;
4615 }
4616
4617 case 22:
4618 {
4619 offsetT distance = * valP;
4620
4621 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4622 range target, then we want to complain. */
4623 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4624 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4625 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4626 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4627
4628 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4629 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4630 val = new_val - 8;
4631
4632 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4633 break;
4634 }
4635
4636 case -10:
4637 val = new_val;
4638 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4639 break;
4640
4641 case -16:
4642 val = new_val;
4643 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4644 break;
4645
4646 case 16:
4647 val = new_val;
4648 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4649 break;
4650
4651 case 32:
4652 insn = new_val;
4653 break;
4654
4655 default:
4656 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4657 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4658 return;
4659 }
4660
4661 /* Insert the relocation. */
4662 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
4663 }
4664
4665 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4666 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4667
4668 long
4669 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4670 fixS *fixP;
4671 {
4672 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4673 }
4674
4675 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4676 a statement. */
4677
4678 static int
4679 is_end_of_statement ()
4680 {
4681 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4682 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4683 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4684 }
4685
4686 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4687 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4688 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4689
4690 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4691 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4692 returned in `pa_number'.
4693
4694 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4695 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4696 not set.
4697
4698 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4699 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4700
4701 static int
4702 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4703 char **s;
4704 int is_float;
4705 {
4706 int num;
4707 char *name;
4708 char c;
4709 symbolS *sym;
4710 int status;
4711 char *p = *s;
4712 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4713
4714 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4715 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4716 p = p + 1;
4717
4718 pa_number = -1;
4719 have_prefix = 0;
4720 num = 0;
4721 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4722 {
4723 /* Looks like a number. */
4724
4725 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4726 {
4727 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4728 p += 2;
4729 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4730 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4731 {
4732 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4733 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4734 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4735 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4736 else
4737 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4738 ++p;
4739 }
4740 }
4741 else
4742 {
4743 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4744 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4745 {
4746 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4747 ++p;
4748 }
4749 }
4750
4751 pa_number = num;
4752
4753 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4754 if (is_float)
4755 {
4756 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4757 if (! (is_float & 2))
4758 {
4759 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4760 {
4761 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4762 ++p;
4763 }
4764 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4765 {
4766 ++p;
4767 }
4768 }
4769 }
4770 }
4771 else if (*p == '%')
4772 {
4773 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4774 have_prefix = 1;
4775 name = p;
4776 p++;
4777 c = *p;
4778 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4779 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4780 slow. */
4781 if (c == 'r')
4782 {
4783 p++;
4784 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4785 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4786 {
4787 p += 2;
4788 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4789 p++;
4790 }
4791 else if (*p == 'p')
4792 {
4793 num = 2;
4794 p++;
4795 }
4796 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4797 {
4798 if (print_errors)
4799 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4800 num = -1;
4801 }
4802 else
4803 {
4804 do
4805 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4806 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4807 }
4808 }
4809 else
4810 {
4811 /* Do a normal register search. */
4812 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4813 {
4814 p = p + 1;
4815 c = *p;
4816 }
4817 *p = 0;
4818 status = reg_name_search (name);
4819 if (status >= 0)
4820 num = status;
4821 else
4822 {
4823 if (print_errors)
4824 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4825 num = -1;
4826 }
4827 *p = c;
4828 }
4829
4830 pa_number = num;
4831 }
4832 else
4833 {
4834 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4835 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4836 name = p;
4837 c = *p;
4838 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4839 {
4840 p = p + 1;
4841 c = *p;
4842 }
4843 *p = 0;
4844 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4845 {
4846 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4847 {
4848 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4849 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4850 register, so... */
4851 have_prefix = TRUE;
4852 }
4853 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4854 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4855 else if (!strict)
4856 {
4857 if (print_errors)
4858 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4859 num = -1;
4860 }
4861 }
4862 else if (!strict)
4863 {
4864 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4865 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4866 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4867 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4868 if (*name == 0)
4869 num = 0;
4870 else
4871 {
4872 if (print_errors)
4873 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4874 num = -1;
4875 }
4876 }
4877 *p = c;
4878
4879 pa_number = num;
4880 }
4881
4882 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4883 {
4884 *s = p;
4885 return 1;
4886 }
4887 return 0;
4888 }
4889
4890 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4891
4892 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4893 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4894
4895 static int
4896 reg_name_search (name)
4897 char *name;
4898 {
4899 int middle, low, high;
4900 int cmp;
4901
4902 low = 0;
4903 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4904
4905 do
4906 {
4907 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4908 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4909 if (cmp < 0)
4910 high = middle - 1;
4911 else if (cmp > 0)
4912 low = middle + 1;
4913 else
4914 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4915 }
4916 while (low <= high);
4917
4918 return -1;
4919 }
4920
4921 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4922 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4923
4924 static int
4925 need_pa11_opcode ()
4926 {
4927 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4928 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4929 {
4930 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4931 then set a new architecture. */
4932 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4933 {
4934 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4935 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4936 }
4937 return TRUE;
4938 }
4939 else
4940 return FALSE;
4941 }
4942
4943 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4944 code associated with the condition. */
4945
4946 static int
4947 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4948 char **s;
4949 {
4950 int cond, i;
4951
4952 cond = 0;
4953
4954 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4955 {
4956 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4957 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4958 {
4959 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4960 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4961 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4962 report an error. */
4963 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4964 {
4965 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4966 break;
4967 }
4968 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4969 *s = *s + 1;
4970 return cond;
4971 }
4972 }
4973
4974 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4975
4976 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4977 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4978 *s += 1;
4979
4980 return 0;
4981 }
4982
4983 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4984
4985 static int
4986 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4987 char **s;
4988 {
4989 int value;
4990
4991 value = 0;
4992 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4993 {
4994 value = 5;
4995 *s += 4;
4996 }
4997 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4998 {
4999 value = 9;
5000 *s += 4;
5001 }
5002 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
5003 {
5004 value = 13;
5005 *s += 4;
5006 }
5007 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
5008 {
5009 value = 17;
5010 *s += 4;
5011 }
5012 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
5013 {
5014 value = 1;
5015 *s += 3;
5016 }
5017 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
5018 {
5019 value = 6;
5020 *s += 4;
5021 }
5022 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
5023 {
5024 value = 2;
5025 *s += 3;
5026 }
5027 else
5028 {
5029 value = 0;
5030 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5031 }
5032
5033 return value;
5034 }
5035
5036 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5037 type. */
5038
5039 static fp_operand_format
5040 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5041 char **s;
5042 {
5043 int format;
5044
5045 format = SGL;
5046 if (**s == ',')
5047 {
5048 *s += 1;
5049 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5050 {
5051 format = SGL;
5052 *s += 4;
5053 }
5054 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5055 {
5056 format = DBL;
5057 *s += 4;
5058 }
5059 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5060 {
5061 format = QUAD;
5062 *s += 5;
5063 }
5064 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5065 {
5066 format = W;
5067 *s += 2;
5068 }
5069 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5070 {
5071 format = UW;
5072 *s += 3;
5073 }
5074 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5075 {
5076 format = DW;
5077 *s += 3;
5078 }
5079 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5080 {
5081 format = UDW;
5082 *s += 4;
5083 }
5084 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5085 {
5086 format = QW;
5087 *s += 3;
5088 }
5089 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5090 {
5091 format = UQW;
5092 *s += 4;
5093 }
5094 else
5095 {
5096 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5097 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5098 }
5099 }
5100
5101 return format;
5102 }
5103
5104 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5105 type. */
5106
5107 static fp_operand_format
5108 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5109 char **s;
5110 {
5111 int format;
5112
5113 format = SGL;
5114 if (**s == ',')
5115 {
5116 *s += 1;
5117 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5118 {
5119 format = SGL;
5120 *s += 4;
5121 }
5122 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5123 {
5124 format = DBL;
5125 *s += 4;
5126 }
5127 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5128 {
5129 format = QUAD;
5130 *s += 5;
5131 }
5132 else
5133 {
5134 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5135 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5136 }
5137 }
5138
5139 return format;
5140 }
5141
5142 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5143
5144 static int
5145 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5146 char **str;
5147 {
5148 int middle, low, high;
5149 int cmp;
5150 char name[4];
5151
5152 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5153 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5154 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5155 *str = *str + 1;
5156
5157 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5158 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5159 name[1] = 0;
5160 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5161 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5162 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5163 name[2] = 0;
5164 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5165 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5166 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5167 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5168 name[3] = 0;
5169 else
5170 return e_fsel;
5171
5172 low = 0;
5173 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5174
5175 do
5176 {
5177 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5178 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5179 if (cmp < 0)
5180 high = middle - 1;
5181 else if (cmp > 0)
5182 low = middle + 1;
5183 else
5184 {
5185 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5186 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5187 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5188 return e_fsel;
5189 #endif
5190 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5191 }
5192 }
5193 while (low <= high);
5194
5195 return e_fsel;
5196 }
5197
5198 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5199
5200 static int
5201 get_expression (str)
5202 char *str;
5203 {
5204 char *save_in;
5205 asection *seg;
5206
5207 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5208 input_line_pointer = str;
5209 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5210 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5211 || seg == undefined_section
5212 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5213 {
5214 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5215 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5216 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5217 return 1;
5218 }
5219 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5220 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5221 return 0;
5222 }
5223
5224 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5225 static int
5226 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5227 struct pa_it *insn;
5228 char **strp;
5229 {
5230 char *save_in;
5231
5232 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5233 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5234 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5235 expression (&insn->exp);
5236 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5237
5238 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
5239 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5240 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5241
5242 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
5243 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5244 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5245 {
5246 char *s, c;
5247 int retval;
5248
5249 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5250 s = *strp;
5251 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5252 s++;
5253
5254 c = *s;
5255 *s = 0;
5256
5257 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5258
5259 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5260 *s = c;
5261 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5262 }
5263 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5264 and return to our caller. */
5265 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5266 {
5267 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5268 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5269 return 0;
5270 }
5271 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5272 {
5273 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5274 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5275 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5276 return 0;
5277 }
5278 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5279 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5280 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5281 }
5282
5283 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5284 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5285 static int
5286 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5287 struct pa_it *insn;
5288 {
5289 offsetT value;
5290 expressionS exp;
5291 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5292
5293 exp = insn->exp;
5294 value = exp.X_add_number;
5295
5296 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5297 }
5298
5299 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5300 argument location number. */
5301
5302 static unsigned int
5303 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5304 char *type_name;
5305 {
5306
5307 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5308 return 0;
5309 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5310 return 1;
5311 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5312 return 2;
5313 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5314 return 3;
5315 else
5316 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5317
5318 return 0;
5319 }
5320
5321 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5322 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5323
5324 static unsigned int
5325 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5326 unsigned int reg;
5327 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5328 {
5329 unsigned int new_reloc;
5330
5331 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5332 switch (reg)
5333 {
5334 case 0:
5335 new_reloc <<= 8;
5336 break;
5337 case 1:
5338 new_reloc <<= 6;
5339 break;
5340 case 2:
5341 new_reloc <<= 4;
5342 break;
5343 case 3:
5344 new_reloc <<= 2;
5345 break;
5346 default:
5347 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5348 }
5349
5350 return new_reloc;
5351 }
5352
5353 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5354 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5355
5356 static int
5357 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5358 char **s;
5359 {
5360 int nullif;
5361
5362 nullif = 0;
5363 if (**s == ',')
5364 {
5365 *s = *s + 1;
5366 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5367 nullif = 1;
5368 else
5369 {
5370 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5371 nullif = 0;
5372 }
5373 *s = *s + 1;
5374 }
5375
5376 return nullif;
5377 }
5378
5379 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5380 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5381
5382 static int
5383 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5384 char **s;
5385 {
5386 int cmpltr;
5387 char *name = *s + 1;
5388 char c;
5389 char *save_s = *s;
5390 int nullify = 0;
5391
5392 cmpltr = 0;
5393 if (**s == ',')
5394 {
5395 *s += 1;
5396 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5397 *s += 1;
5398 c = **s;
5399 **s = 0x00;
5400
5401 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5402 {
5403 cmpltr = 1;
5404 }
5405 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5406 {
5407 cmpltr = 2;
5408 }
5409 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5410 {
5411 cmpltr = 3;
5412 }
5413 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5414 {
5415 cmpltr = 4;
5416 }
5417 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5418 {
5419 cmpltr = 5;
5420 }
5421 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5422 {
5423 cmpltr = 6;
5424 }
5425 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5426 {
5427 cmpltr = 7;
5428 }
5429 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5430 completer. */
5431 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5432 {
5433 cmpltr = 0;
5434 nullify = 1;
5435 }
5436 else
5437 {
5438 cmpltr = -1;
5439 }
5440 **s = c;
5441 }
5442
5443 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5444 if (nullify)
5445 *s = save_s;
5446
5447 return cmpltr;
5448 }
5449
5450 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5451 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5452
5453 static int
5454 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5455 char **s;
5456 {
5457 int cmpltr;
5458 char *name = *s + 1;
5459 char c;
5460 char *save_s = *s;
5461 int nullify = 0;
5462
5463 cmpltr = 0;
5464 if (**s == ',')
5465 {
5466 *s += 1;
5467 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5468 *s += 1;
5469 c = **s;
5470 **s = 0x00;
5471
5472 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5473 {
5474 cmpltr = 0;
5475 }
5476 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5477 {
5478 cmpltr = 1;
5479 }
5480 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5481 {
5482 cmpltr = 2;
5483 }
5484 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5485 {
5486 cmpltr = 3;
5487 }
5488 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5489 {
5490 cmpltr = 4;
5491 }
5492 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5493 {
5494 cmpltr = 5;
5495 }
5496 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5497 {
5498 cmpltr = 6;
5499 }
5500 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5501 {
5502 cmpltr = 7;
5503 }
5504 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5505 completer. */
5506 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5507 {
5508 cmpltr = 0;
5509 nullify = 1;
5510 }
5511 else
5512 {
5513 cmpltr = -1;
5514 }
5515 **s = c;
5516 }
5517
5518 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5519 if (nullify)
5520 *s = save_s;
5521
5522 return cmpltr;
5523 }
5524
5525 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5526 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
5527
5528 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5529 returned as 8-15. */
5530
5531 static int
5532 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5533 char **s;
5534 {
5535 int cmpltr;
5536 char *name = *s + 1;
5537 char c;
5538
5539 cmpltr = -1;
5540 if (**s == ',')
5541 {
5542 *s += 1;
5543 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5544 *s += 1;
5545 c = **s;
5546 **s = 0x00;
5547
5548 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5549 {
5550 cmpltr = 0;
5551 }
5552 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5553 {
5554 cmpltr = 1;
5555 }
5556 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5557 {
5558 cmpltr = 2;
5559 }
5560 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5561 {
5562 cmpltr = 3;
5563 }
5564 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5565 {
5566 cmpltr = 4;
5567 }
5568 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5569 {
5570 cmpltr = 5;
5571 }
5572 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5573 {
5574 cmpltr = 6;
5575 }
5576 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5577 {
5578 cmpltr = 7;
5579 }
5580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5581 {
5582 cmpltr = 8;
5583 }
5584 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5585 {
5586 cmpltr = 9;
5587 }
5588 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5589 {
5590 cmpltr = 10;
5591 }
5592 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5593 {
5594 cmpltr = 11;
5595 }
5596 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5597 {
5598 cmpltr = 12;
5599 }
5600 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5601 {
5602 cmpltr = 13;
5603 }
5604 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5605 {
5606 cmpltr = 14;
5607 }
5608 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5609 {
5610 cmpltr = 15;
5611 }
5612 else
5613 {
5614 cmpltr = -1;
5615 }
5616 **s = c;
5617 }
5618
5619 return cmpltr;
5620 }
5621
5622 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5623 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5624
5625 static int
5626 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5627 char **s;
5628 {
5629 int cmpltr;
5630 char *name = *s + 1;
5631 char c;
5632
5633 cmpltr = -1;
5634 if (**s == ',')
5635 {
5636 *s += 1;
5637 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5638 *s += 1;
5639 c = **s;
5640 **s = 0x00;
5641
5642 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5643 {
5644 cmpltr = 0;
5645 }
5646 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5647 {
5648 cmpltr = 1;
5649 }
5650 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5651 {
5652 cmpltr = 2;
5653 }
5654 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5655 {
5656 cmpltr = 3;
5657 }
5658 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5659 {
5660 cmpltr = 4;
5661 }
5662 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5663 {
5664 cmpltr = 5;
5665 }
5666 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5667 {
5668 cmpltr = 6;
5669 }
5670 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5671 {
5672 cmpltr = 7;
5673 }
5674 else
5675 {
5676 cmpltr = -1;
5677 }
5678 **s = c;
5679 }
5680
5681 return cmpltr;
5682 }
5683
5684 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5685 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5686
5687 static int
5688 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5689 char **s;
5690 {
5691 int cmpltr;
5692 char *name = *s + 1;
5693 char c;
5694 char *save_s = *s;
5695 int nullify = 0;
5696
5697 cmpltr = 0;
5698 if (**s == ',')
5699 {
5700 *s += 1;
5701 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5702 *s += 1;
5703 c = **s;
5704 **s = 0x00;
5705 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5706 {
5707 cmpltr = 1;
5708 }
5709 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5710 {
5711 cmpltr = 2;
5712 }
5713 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5714 {
5715 cmpltr = 3;
5716 }
5717 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5718 {
5719 cmpltr = 4;
5720 }
5721 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5722 {
5723 cmpltr = 5;
5724 }
5725 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5726 {
5727 cmpltr = 6;
5728 }
5729 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5730 {
5731 cmpltr = 7;
5732 }
5733 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5734 completer. */
5735 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5736 {
5737 cmpltr = 0;
5738 nullify = 1;
5739 }
5740 else
5741 {
5742 cmpltr = -1;
5743 }
5744 **s = c;
5745 }
5746
5747 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5748 if (nullify)
5749 *s = save_s;
5750
5751 return cmpltr;
5752 }
5753
5754 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5755 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5756
5757 static int
5758 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5759 char **s;
5760 {
5761 int cmpltr;
5762 char *name = *s + 1;
5763 char c;
5764 char *save_s = *s;
5765 int nullify = 0;
5766
5767 cmpltr = 0;
5768 if (**s == ',')
5769 {
5770 *s += 1;
5771 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5772 *s += 1;
5773 c = **s;
5774 **s = 0x00;
5775 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5776 {
5777 cmpltr = 0;
5778 }
5779 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 1;
5782 }
5783 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5784 {
5785 cmpltr = 2;
5786 }
5787 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = 3;
5790 }
5791 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5792 {
5793 cmpltr = 4;
5794 }
5795 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5796 {
5797 cmpltr = 5;
5798 }
5799 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5800 {
5801 cmpltr = 6;
5802 }
5803 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5804 {
5805 cmpltr = 7;
5806 }
5807 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5808 completer. */
5809 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5810 {
5811 cmpltr = 0;
5812 nullify = 1;
5813 }
5814 else
5815 {
5816 cmpltr = -1;
5817 }
5818 **s = c;
5819 }
5820
5821 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5822 if (nullify)
5823 *s = save_s;
5824
5825 return cmpltr;
5826 }
5827
5828 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5829 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5830
5831 static int
5832 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5833 char **s;
5834 {
5835 int cmpltr;
5836 char *name = *s + 1;
5837 char c;
5838 char *save_s = *s;
5839 int nullify = 0;
5840
5841 cmpltr = 0;
5842 if (**s == ',')
5843 {
5844 *s += 1;
5845 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5846 *s += 1;
5847 c = **s;
5848 **s = 0x00;
5849 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5850 {
5851 cmpltr = 1;
5852 }
5853 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5854 {
5855 cmpltr = 2;
5856 }
5857 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5858 {
5859 cmpltr = 3;
5860 }
5861 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5862 {
5863 cmpltr = 4;
5864 }
5865 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5866 {
5867 cmpltr = 5;
5868 }
5869 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5870 {
5871 cmpltr = 6;
5872 }
5873 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5874 {
5875 cmpltr = 7;
5876 }
5877 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5878 {
5879 cmpltr = 8;
5880 }
5881 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5882 {
5883 cmpltr = 9;
5884 }
5885 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5886 {
5887 cmpltr = 10;
5888 }
5889 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5890 {
5891 cmpltr = 11;
5892 }
5893 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5894 {
5895 cmpltr = 12;
5896 }
5897 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5898 {
5899 cmpltr = 13;
5900 }
5901 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5902 {
5903 cmpltr = 14;
5904 }
5905 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5906 {
5907 cmpltr = 15;
5908 }
5909 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5910 completer. */
5911 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5912 {
5913 cmpltr = 0;
5914 nullify = 1;
5915 }
5916 else
5917 {
5918 cmpltr = -1;
5919 }
5920 **s = c;
5921 }
5922
5923 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5924 if (nullify)
5925 *s = save_s;
5926
5927 return cmpltr;
5928 }
5929
5930 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5931 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5932 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5933 static void
5934 pa_align (bytes)
5935 int bytes;
5936 {
5937 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5938 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5939
5940 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5941 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5942
5943 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5944 alignment if necessary. */
5945 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5946 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5947 }
5948 #endif
5949
5950 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5951
5952 static void
5953 pa_block (z)
5954 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5955 {
5956 unsigned int temp_size;
5957
5958 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5959 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5960 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5961 #endif
5962
5963 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5964
5965 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5966 {
5967 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5968 temp_size = 0;
5969 }
5970 else
5971 {
5972 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5973 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5974 *p = 0;
5975 }
5976
5977 pa_undefine_label ();
5978 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5979 }
5980
5981 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5982
5983 static void
5984 pa_brtab (begin)
5985 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5986 {
5987
5988 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5989 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5990 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5991 char *where = frag_more (0);
5992
5993 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5994 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5995 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5996 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5997 #endif
5998
5999 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6000 }
6001
6002 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
6003
6004 static void
6005 pa_try (begin)
6006 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6007 {
6008 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6009 expressionS exp;
6010 char *where = frag_more (0);
6011
6012 if (! begin)
6013 expression (&exp);
6014
6015 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
6016 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6017
6018 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6019 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6020 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6021 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6022 #endif
6023
6024 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6025 }
6026
6027 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6028 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6029 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6030
6031 static void
6032 pa_call (unused)
6033 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6034 {
6035 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6036 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6037 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6038 #endif
6039
6040 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6041 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6042 }
6043
6044 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6045 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6046
6047 static void
6048 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6049 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6050 {
6051 char *name, c, *p;
6052 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6053
6054 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6055 {
6056 name = input_line_pointer;
6057 c = get_symbol_end ();
6058 /* Process a source argument. */
6059 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6060 {
6061 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6062 p = input_line_pointer;
6063 *p = c;
6064 input_line_pointer++;
6065 name = input_line_pointer;
6066 c = get_symbol_end ();
6067 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6068 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6069 }
6070 /* Process a return value. */
6071 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6072 {
6073 p = input_line_pointer;
6074 *p = c;
6075 input_line_pointer++;
6076 name = input_line_pointer;
6077 c = get_symbol_end ();
6078 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6079 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6080 }
6081 else
6082 {
6083 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6084 }
6085 p = input_line_pointer;
6086 *p = c;
6087 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6088 input_line_pointer++;
6089 }
6090 }
6091
6092 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6093
6094 static int
6095 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6096 fragS *frag1;
6097 fragS *frag2;
6098 {
6099
6100 if (frag1 == NULL)
6101 return (FALSE);
6102 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6103 return (FALSE);
6104 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6105 return (TRUE);
6106 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6107 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6108 else
6109 return (FALSE);
6110 }
6111
6112 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6113 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6114 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6115 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6116 of the unwind spaces. */
6117
6118 static void
6119 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6120 struct call_info *call_info;
6121 {
6122 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6123 subsegT save_subseg;
6124 unsigned int unwind;
6125 int reloc;
6126 char *p;
6127
6128 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6129 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6130 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6131 return;
6132
6133 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6134 save_seg = now_seg;
6135 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6136 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6137 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6138 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6139 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6140 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6141 {
6142 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6143 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6144 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6145 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6146 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6147 }
6148
6149 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6150
6151 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6152 descriptor. */
6153 p = frag_more (16);
6154
6155 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6156 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6157 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6158 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6159 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6160 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6161
6162 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6163
6164 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6165 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6166 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6167 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6168 finished with its work. */
6169 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6170 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6171 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6172 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6173 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6174
6175 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6176 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6177 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6178
6179 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6180 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6181
6182 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6183 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6184 }
6185 #endif
6186
6187 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6188 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6189 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6190
6191 static void
6192 pa_callinfo (unused)
6193 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6194 {
6195 char *name, c, *p;
6196 int temp;
6197
6198 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6199 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6200 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6201 #endif
6202
6203 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6204 if (!within_procedure)
6205 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6206
6207 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6208 current procedure. */
6209 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6210
6211 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6212 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6213 {
6214 name = input_line_pointer;
6215 c = get_symbol_end ();
6216 /* Frame size specification. */
6217 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6218 {
6219 p = input_line_pointer;
6220 *p = c;
6221 input_line_pointer++;
6222 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6223 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6224 {
6225 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6226 temp = 0;
6227 }
6228
6229 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6230 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6231
6232 }
6233 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6234 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6235 {
6236 p = input_line_pointer;
6237 *p = c;
6238 input_line_pointer++;
6239 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6240 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6241 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6242 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6243 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6244 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6245 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6246 }
6247 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6248 {
6249 p = input_line_pointer;
6250 *p = c;
6251 input_line_pointer++;
6252 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6253 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6254 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6255 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6256 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6257 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6258 }
6259 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6260 {
6261 p = input_line_pointer;
6262 *p = c;
6263 input_line_pointer++;
6264 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6265 if (temp != 3)
6266 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6267 }
6268 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6269 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6270 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6271 {
6272 p = input_line_pointer;
6273 *p = c;
6274 }
6275 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6276 {
6277 p = input_line_pointer;
6278 *p = c;
6279 }
6280 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6281 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6282 {
6283 p = input_line_pointer;
6284 *p = c;
6285 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6286 }
6287 /* Likewise for SP. */
6288 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6289 {
6290 p = input_line_pointer;
6291 *p = c;
6292 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6293 }
6294 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6295 in the unwind descriptor. */
6296 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6297 {
6298 p = input_line_pointer;
6299 *p = c;
6300 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6301 }
6302 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6303 unwind descriptor. */
6304 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6305 {
6306 p = input_line_pointer;
6307 *p = c;
6308 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6309 }
6310 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6311 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6312 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6313 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6314 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6315 {
6316 p = input_line_pointer;
6317 *p = c;
6318 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6319 }
6320 else
6321 {
6322 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6323 *input_line_pointer = c;
6324 }
6325 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6326 input_line_pointer++;
6327 }
6328
6329 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6330 }
6331
6332 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6333 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6334 label when finished. */
6335 static void
6336 pa_text (unused)
6337 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6338 {
6339 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6340 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6341 current_subspace
6342 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6343 #endif
6344
6345 s_text (0);
6346 pa_undefine_label ();
6347 }
6348
6349 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6350 static void
6351 pa_data (unused)
6352 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6353 {
6354 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6355 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6356 current_subspace
6357 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6358 #endif
6359 s_data (0);
6360 pa_undefine_label ();
6361 }
6362
6363 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6364 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6365
6366 <label> .comm <length>
6367
6368 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6369 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6370 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6371 and subspace.
6372
6373 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6374
6375 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6376 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6377 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6378 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6379 a pain.
6380
6381 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6382
6383 static void
6384 pa_comm (unused)
6385 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6386 {
6387 unsigned int size;
6388 symbolS *symbol;
6389 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6390
6391 if (label_symbol)
6392 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6393 else
6394 symbol = NULL;
6395
6396 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6397 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6398
6399 if (symbol)
6400 {
6401 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6402 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6403 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6404 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6405
6406 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6407 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6408 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6409 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6410 }
6411 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6412 }
6413 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6414
6415 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6416
6417 static void
6418 pa_end (unused)
6419 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6420 {
6421 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6422 }
6423
6424 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6425 static void
6426 pa_enter (unused)
6427 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6428 {
6429 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6430 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6431 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6432 #endif
6433
6434 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6435 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6436 }
6437
6438 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6439 procedure. */
6440 static void
6441 pa_entry (unused)
6442 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6443 {
6444 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6445 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6446 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6447 #endif
6448
6449 if (!within_procedure)
6450 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6451 else
6452 {
6453 if (!callinfo_found)
6454 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6455 }
6456 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6457 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6458
6459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6460 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6461 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6462 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6463 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6464
6465 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6466 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6467 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6468 denote the entry and exit points. */
6469 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6470 {
6471 char *where;
6472 unsigned int u;
6473
6474 where = frag_more (0);
6475 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6476 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6477 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6478 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6479 }
6480 #endif
6481 }
6482
6483 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6484 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6485 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6486 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6487
6488 int
6489 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6490 expressionS *resultP;
6491 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6492 expressionS *rightP;
6493 {
6494 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6495 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6496 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6497 {
6498 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6499 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6500 }
6501 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6502 }
6503
6504 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6505
6506 static void
6507 pa_equ (reg)
6508 int reg;
6509 {
6510 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6511 symbolS *symbol;
6512
6513 if (label_symbol)
6514 {
6515 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6516 if (reg)
6517 {
6518 strict = 1;
6519 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6520 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6521 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6522 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6523 }
6524 else
6525 {
6526 expressionS exp;
6527 segT seg;
6528
6529 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6530 seg = expression (&exp);
6531 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6532 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6533 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6534 {
6535 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6536 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6537 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6538 seg = absolute_section;
6539 }
6540 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6541 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6542 }
6543 }
6544 else
6545 {
6546 if (reg)
6547 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6548 else
6549 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6550 }
6551
6552 pa_undefine_label ();
6553 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6554 }
6555
6556 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6557 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6558 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6559
6560 static void
6561 process_exit ()
6562 {
6563 char *where;
6564
6565 where = frag_more (0);
6566
6567 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6568 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6569 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6570 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6571 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6572 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6573 #else
6574 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6575 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6576 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6577 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6578
6579 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6580 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6581 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6582 denote the entry and exit points. */
6583 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6584 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6585 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6586 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6587 #endif
6588 }
6589
6590 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6591
6592 static void
6593 pa_exit (unused)
6594 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6595 {
6596 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6597 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6598 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6599 #endif
6600
6601 if (!within_procedure)
6602 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6603 else
6604 {
6605 if (!callinfo_found)
6606 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6607 else
6608 {
6609 if (!within_entry_exit)
6610 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6611 else
6612 {
6613 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6614 process_exit ();
6615 }
6616 }
6617 }
6618 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6619 }
6620
6621 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6622 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6623 to callers. */
6624
6625 static void
6626 pa_export (unused)
6627 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6628 {
6629 char *name, c, *p;
6630 symbolS *symbol;
6631
6632 name = input_line_pointer;
6633 c = get_symbol_end ();
6634 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6635 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6636 {
6637 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6638 p = input_line_pointer;
6639 *p = c;
6640 input_line_pointer++;
6641 }
6642 else
6643 {
6644 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6645 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6646 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6647 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6648 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6649 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6650 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6651 p = input_line_pointer;
6652 *p = c;
6653 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6654 {
6655 input_line_pointer++;
6656 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6657 }
6658 }
6659
6660 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6661 }
6662
6663 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6664
6665 static void
6666 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6667 symbolS *symbolP;
6668 int is_export;
6669 {
6670 char *name, c, *p;
6671 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6672 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6673 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6674
6675 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6676
6677 {
6678 input_line_pointer += 8;
6679 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6680 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6681 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6682 }
6683 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6684 {
6685 input_line_pointer += 4;
6686 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6687 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6688
6689 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6690 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6691 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6692 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6693 {
6694 if (is_export)
6695 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6696 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6697
6698 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6699 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6700 }
6701 else
6702 {
6703 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6704 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6705 }
6706 }
6707 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6708 {
6709 input_line_pointer += 4;
6710 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6711 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6712 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6713 }
6714 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6715 {
6716 input_line_pointer += 5;
6717 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6718 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6719 }
6720 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6721 {
6722 input_line_pointer += 9;
6723 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6724 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6725 {
6726 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6727 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6728 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6729 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6730 }
6731 #endif
6732 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6733 }
6734 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6735 {
6736 input_line_pointer += 6;
6737 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6738 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6739 }
6740 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6741 {
6742 input_line_pointer += 8;
6743 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6744 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6745 }
6746 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6747 {
6748 input_line_pointer += 8;
6749 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6750 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6751 }
6752
6753 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6754 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6755 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6756 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6757 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6758 #endif
6759
6760 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6761 handle any argument relocation information. */
6762 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6763 {
6764 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6765 input_line_pointer++;
6766 name = input_line_pointer;
6767 c = get_symbol_end ();
6768 /* Argument sources. */
6769 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6770 {
6771 p = input_line_pointer;
6772 *p = c;
6773 input_line_pointer++;
6774 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6775 name = input_line_pointer;
6776 c = get_symbol_end ();
6777 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6778 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6779 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6780 #endif
6781 *input_line_pointer = c;
6782 }
6783 /* The return value. */
6784 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6785 {
6786 p = input_line_pointer;
6787 *p = c;
6788 input_line_pointer++;
6789 name = input_line_pointer;
6790 c = get_symbol_end ();
6791 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6792 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6793 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6794 #endif
6795 *input_line_pointer = c;
6796 }
6797 /* Privilege level. */
6798 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6799 {
6800 p = input_line_pointer;
6801 *p = c;
6802 input_line_pointer++;
6803 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6804 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6805 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6806 #endif
6807 c = get_symbol_end ();
6808 *input_line_pointer = c;
6809 }
6810 else
6811 {
6812 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6813 p = input_line_pointer;
6814 *p = c;
6815 }
6816 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6817 input_line_pointer++;
6818 }
6819 }
6820
6821 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6822 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6823 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6824
6825 static void
6826 pa_import (unused)
6827 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6828 {
6829 char *name, c, *p;
6830 symbolS *symbol;
6831
6832 name = input_line_pointer;
6833 c = get_symbol_end ();
6834
6835 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6836 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6837 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6838 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6839 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6840 {
6841 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6842 p = input_line_pointer;
6843 *p = c;
6844
6845 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6846 {
6847 input_line_pointer++;
6848 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6849 }
6850 else
6851 {
6852 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6853 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6854 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6855 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6856 if (now_seg == text_section)
6857 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6858
6859 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6860 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6861 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6862 }
6863 }
6864 else
6865 {
6866 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6867 the end of the current statement. */
6868 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6869 input_line_pointer++;
6870 }
6871
6872 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6876
6877 static void
6878 pa_label (unused)
6879 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6880 {
6881 char *name, c, *p;
6882
6883 name = input_line_pointer;
6884 c = get_symbol_end ();
6885
6886 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6887 {
6888 colon (name);
6889 p = input_line_pointer;
6890 *p = c;
6891 }
6892 else
6893 {
6894 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6895 }
6896
6897 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6898 {
6899 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6900 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6901 }
6902 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6903 }
6904
6905 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6906
6907 static void
6908 pa_leave (unused)
6909 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6910 {
6911 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6912 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6913 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6914 #endif
6915
6916 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6917 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6918 }
6919
6920 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6921
6922 static void
6923 pa_level (unused)
6924 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6925 {
6926 char *level;
6927
6928 level = input_line_pointer;
6929 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6930 {
6931 input_line_pointer += 3;
6932 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6933 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6934 }
6935 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6936 {
6937 input_line_pointer += 3;
6938 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6939 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6940 }
6941 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6942 {
6943 input_line_pointer += 4;
6944 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6945 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6946 }
6947 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6948 {
6949 input_line_pointer += 3;
6950 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6951 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6952 }
6953 else
6954 {
6955 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6956 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6957 }
6958 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6959 }
6960
6961 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6962
6963 static void
6964 pa_origin (unused)
6965 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6966 {
6967 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6968 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6969 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6970 #endif
6971
6972 s_org (0);
6973 pa_undefine_label ();
6974 }
6975
6976 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6977 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6978
6979 static void
6980 pa_param (unused)
6981 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6982 {
6983 char *name, c, *p;
6984 symbolS *symbol;
6985
6986 name = input_line_pointer;
6987 c = get_symbol_end ();
6988
6989 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6990 {
6991 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6992 p = input_line_pointer;
6993 *p = c;
6994 input_line_pointer++;
6995 }
6996 else
6997 {
6998 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6999 p = input_line_pointer;
7000 *p = c;
7001 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7002 {
7003 input_line_pointer++;
7004 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
7005 }
7006 }
7007
7008 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7009 }
7010
7011 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
7012 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
7013
7014 static void
7015 pa_proc (unused)
7016 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7017 {
7018 struct call_info *call_info;
7019
7020 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7021 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7022 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7023 #endif
7024
7025 if (within_procedure)
7026 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7027
7028 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7029 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7030 within_procedure = TRUE;
7031
7032 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7033 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7034
7035 if (!call_info)
7036 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7037
7038 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7039
7040 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7041
7042 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7043 {
7044 call_info_root = call_info;
7045 last_call_info = call_info;
7046 }
7047 else
7048 {
7049 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7050 last_call_info = call_info;
7051 }
7052
7053 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7054
7055 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7056 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7057 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7058
7059 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7060 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7061 {
7062 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7063
7064 if (label_symbol)
7065 {
7066 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7067 {
7068 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7069 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7070 }
7071 else
7072 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7073 }
7074 else
7075 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7076 }
7077
7078 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7079 }
7080
7081 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7082 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7083
7084 static void
7085 pa_procend (unused)
7086 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7087 {
7088
7089 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7090 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7091 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7092 #endif
7093
7094 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7095 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7096 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7097
7098 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7099 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7100 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7101 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7102 {
7103 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7104
7105 if (label_symbol)
7106 {
7107 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7108 {
7109 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7110 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7111 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7112 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7113 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7114 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7115 if (within_entry_exit)
7116 {
7117 char *where;
7118 unsigned int u;
7119
7120 where = frag_more (0);
7121 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7122 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7123 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7124 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7125 }
7126 #endif
7127 }
7128 else
7129 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7130 }
7131 else
7132 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7133 }
7134
7135 if (!within_procedure)
7136 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7137
7138 if (!callinfo_found)
7139 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7140
7141 if (within_entry_exit)
7142 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7143
7144 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7145 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7146 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7147 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7148 #endif
7149
7150 within_procedure = FALSE;
7151 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7152 pa_undefine_label ();
7153 }
7154
7155 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7156 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7157 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7158
7159 static int
7160 exact_log2 (value)
7161 int value;
7162 {
7163 int shift = 0;
7164
7165 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7166 shift++;
7167
7168 if (shift >= 32)
7169 return -1;
7170 else
7171 return shift;
7172 }
7173
7174 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7175
7176 static void
7177 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7178 {
7179 if (current_space == NULL)
7180 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7181
7182 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7183 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7184 }
7185
7186 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7187 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7188 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7189
7190 static sd_chain_struct *
7191 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7192 char *space_name;
7193 int create_flag;
7194 {
7195 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7196 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7197 int spnum;
7198 asection *seg = NULL;
7199 sd_chain_struct *space;
7200
7201 /* load default values */
7202 spnum = 0;
7203 sort = 0;
7204 loadable = TRUE;
7205 defined = TRUE;
7206 private = FALSE;
7207 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7208 {
7209 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7210 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7211 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7212 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7213 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7214 }
7215 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7216 {
7217 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7218 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7219 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7220 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7221 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7222 }
7223
7224 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7225 {
7226 print_errors = FALSE;
7227 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7228 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7229 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7230 the line should be ignored. */
7231 strict = 0;
7232 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7233 if (pa_number >= 0)
7234 {
7235 spnum = pa_number;
7236 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7237 }
7238 else
7239 {
7240 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7241 {
7242 input_line_pointer++;
7243 name = input_line_pointer;
7244 c = get_symbol_end ();
7245 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7246 {
7247 *input_line_pointer = c;
7248 input_line_pointer++;
7249 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7250 }
7251 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7252 {
7253 *input_line_pointer = c;
7254 input_line_pointer++;
7255 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7256 }
7257 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7258 {
7259 *input_line_pointer = c;
7260 loadable = FALSE;
7261 }
7262 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7263 {
7264 *input_line_pointer = c;
7265 defined = FALSE;
7266 }
7267 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7268 {
7269 *input_line_pointer = c;
7270 private = TRUE;
7271 }
7272 else
7273 {
7274 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7275 *input_line_pointer = c;
7276 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7277 input_line_pointer++;
7278 }
7279 }
7280 }
7281 print_errors = TRUE;
7282 }
7283
7284 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7285 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7286
7287 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7288 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7289 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7290 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7291 if (create_flag)
7292 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7293 private, sort, seg, 1);
7294 else
7295 {
7296 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7297 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7298 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7299 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7300 }
7301
7302 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7303 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7304 #endif
7305
7306 return space;
7307 }
7308
7309 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7310 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7311
7312 static void
7313 pa_space (unused)
7314 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7315 {
7316 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7317 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7318
7319 if (within_procedure)
7320 {
7321 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7322 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7323 }
7324 else
7325 {
7326 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7327 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7328 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7329 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7330 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7331 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7332 {
7333 input_line_pointer += 6;
7334 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7335 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7336 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7337 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7338 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7339
7340 current_space = sd_chain;
7341 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7342 current_subspace
7343 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7344 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7345 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7346 return;
7347 }
7348 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7349 {
7350 input_line_pointer += 9;
7351 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7352 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7353 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7354 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7355 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7356
7357 current_space = sd_chain;
7358 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7359 current_subspace
7360 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7361 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7363 return;
7364 }
7365 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7366 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7367 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7368 {
7369 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7370 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7371 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7372 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7373 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7374 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7375
7376 current_space = sd_chain;
7377
7378 {
7379 asection *gdb_section
7380 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7381
7382 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7383 current_subspace
7384 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7385 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7386 }
7387 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7388 return;
7389 }
7390
7391 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7392 print_errors = 0;
7393 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7394 strict = 0;
7395 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7396 if (pa_number >= 0)
7397 {
7398 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7399 {
7400 current_space = sd_chain;
7401
7402 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7403 current_subspace
7404 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7405 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7406 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7407 return;
7408 }
7409 }
7410
7411 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7412 print_errors = 1;
7413 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7414 name = input_line_pointer;
7415 c = get_symbol_end ();
7416 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7417 strcpy (space_name, name);
7418 *input_line_pointer = c;
7419
7420 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7421 current_space = sd_chain;
7422
7423 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7424 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7425 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7426 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7427 }
7428 }
7429
7430 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7431
7432 static void
7433 pa_spnum (unused)
7434 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7435 {
7436 char *name;
7437 char c;
7438 char *p;
7439 sd_chain_struct *space;
7440
7441 name = input_line_pointer;
7442 c = get_symbol_end ();
7443 space = is_defined_space (name);
7444 if (space)
7445 {
7446 p = frag_more (4);
7447 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7448 }
7449 else
7450 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7451
7452 *input_line_pointer = c;
7453 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7454 }
7455
7456 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7457 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7458
7459 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7460 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7461
7462 static void
7463 pa_subspace (create_new)
7464 int create_new;
7465 {
7466 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7467 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7468 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7469 sd_chain_struct *space;
7470 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7471 asection *section;
7472
7473 if (current_space == NULL)
7474 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7475
7476 if (within_procedure)
7477 {
7478 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7479 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7480 }
7481 else
7482 {
7483 name = input_line_pointer;
7484 c = get_symbol_end ();
7485 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7486 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7487 *input_line_pointer = c;
7488
7489 /* Load default values. */
7490 sort = 0;
7491 access = 0x7f;
7492 loadable = 1;
7493 comdat = 0;
7494 common = 0;
7495 dup_common = 0;
7496 code_only = 0;
7497 zero = 0;
7498 space_index = ~0;
7499 alignment = 1;
7500 quadrant = 0;
7501
7502 space = current_space;
7503 if (create_new)
7504 ssd = NULL;
7505 else
7506 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7507 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7508 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7509 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7510 {
7511 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7512 current_subspace = ssd;
7513 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7514 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7515 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7516 return;
7517 }
7518 else
7519 {
7520 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7521 the builtin subspaces. */
7522 i = 0;
7523 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7524 {
7525 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7526 {
7527 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7528 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7529 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7530 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7531 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7532 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7533 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7534 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7535 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7536 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7537 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7538 break;
7539 }
7540 i++;
7541 }
7542 }
7543
7544 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7545 any information as specified by the user. */
7546 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7547 {
7548 input_line_pointer++;
7549 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7550 {
7551 name = input_line_pointer;
7552 c = get_symbol_end ();
7553 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7554 {
7555 *input_line_pointer = c;
7556 input_line_pointer++;
7557 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7558 }
7559 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7560 {
7561 *input_line_pointer = c;
7562 input_line_pointer++;
7563 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7564 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7565 {
7566 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7567 alignment = 1;
7568 }
7569 }
7570 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7571 {
7572 *input_line_pointer = c;
7573 input_line_pointer++;
7574 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7575 }
7576 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7577 {
7578 *input_line_pointer = c;
7579 input_line_pointer++;
7580 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7581 }
7582 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7583 {
7584 *input_line_pointer = c;
7585 code_only = 1;
7586 }
7587 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7588 {
7589 *input_line_pointer = c;
7590 loadable = 0;
7591 }
7592 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7593 {
7594 *input_line_pointer = c;
7595 comdat = 1;
7596 }
7597 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7598 {
7599 *input_line_pointer = c;
7600 common = 1;
7601 }
7602 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7603 {
7604 *input_line_pointer = c;
7605 dup_common = 1;
7606 }
7607 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7608 {
7609 *input_line_pointer = c;
7610 zero = 1;
7611 }
7612 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7613 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7614 else
7615 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7616 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7617 input_line_pointer++;
7618 }
7619 }
7620
7621 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7622 in the .subspace directive. */
7623 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7624 flags = 0;
7625 if (loadable)
7626 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7627 if (code_only)
7628 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7629
7630 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7631 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7632 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7633 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7634 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7635 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7636 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7637 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7638 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7639 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7640
7641 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7642
7643 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7644 if (zero)
7645 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7646
7647 applicable &= flags;
7648
7649 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7650 segment already associated with the subspace.
7651
7652 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7653 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7654 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7655 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7656 if (create_new)
7657 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7658 else if (ssd)
7659 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7660 else
7661 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7662
7663 if (zero)
7664 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7665
7666 /* Now set the flags. */
7667 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7668
7669 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7670 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7671
7672 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7673 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7674 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7675
7676 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7677 or create a new one. */
7678 if (ssd)
7679
7680 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7681 code_only, comdat, common,
7682 dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7683 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7684 section);
7685 else
7686 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7687 code_only, comdat, common,
7688 dup_common, zero, sort,
7689 access, space_index,
7690 alignment, quadrant, section);
7691
7692 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7693 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7694 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7695 }
7696 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7697 }
7698
7699 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7700
7701 static void
7702 pa_spaces_begin ()
7703 {
7704 int i;
7705
7706 space_dict_root = NULL;
7707 space_dict_last = NULL;
7708
7709 i = 0;
7710 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7711 {
7712 char *name;
7713
7714 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7715 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7716
7717 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7718 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7719 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7720 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7721 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7722 i++;
7723 }
7724
7725 i = 0;
7726 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7727 {
7728 char *name;
7729 int applicable, subsegment;
7730 asection *segment = NULL;
7731 sd_chain_struct *space;
7732
7733 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7734 subsegment number. */
7735 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7736 subsegment = 0;
7737
7738 /* Create the new section. */
7739 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7740
7741 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7742 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7743 all the built-in subspaces. */
7744 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7745 {
7746 text_section = segment;
7747 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7748 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7749 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7750 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7751 | SEC_READONLY
7752 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7753 }
7754 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7755 {
7756 data_section = segment;
7757 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7758 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7759 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7760 | SEC_RELOC
7761 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7762
7763 }
7764 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7765 {
7766 bss_section = segment;
7767 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7768 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7769 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7770 }
7771 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7772 {
7773 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7774 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7775 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7776 | SEC_RELOC
7777 | SEC_READONLY
7778 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7779 }
7780 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7781 {
7782 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7783 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7784 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7785 | SEC_RELOC
7786 | SEC_READONLY
7787 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7788 }
7789 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7790 {
7791 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7792 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7793 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7794 | SEC_RELOC
7795 | SEC_READONLY
7796 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7797 }
7798
7799 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7800 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7801 def_space_index].segment);
7802 if (space == NULL)
7803 {
7804 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7805 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7806 }
7807
7808 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7809 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7810 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7811 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7812 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7813 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7814 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7815 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7816 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7817 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7818 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7819 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7820 segment);
7821 i++;
7822 }
7823 }
7824
7825 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7826 by the given parameters. */
7827
7828 static sd_chain_struct *
7829 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7830 sort, seg, user_defined)
7831 char *name;
7832 int spnum;
7833 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7834 int defined;
7835 int private;
7836 int sort;
7837 asection *seg;
7838 int user_defined;
7839 {
7840 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7841
7842 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7843 if (!chain_entry)
7844 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7845 name);
7846
7847 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7848 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7849 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7850 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7851 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7852
7853 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7854 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7855 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7856 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7857
7858 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7859 if (!space_dict_last)
7860 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7861
7862 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7863 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7864 else
7865 {
7866 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7867 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7868
7869 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7870 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7871
7872 while (chain_pointer)
7873 {
7874 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7875 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7876 }
7877
7878 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7879 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7880 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7881 {
7882 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7883 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7884 }
7885 else
7886 {
7887 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7888 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7889 }
7890
7891 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7892 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7893 }
7894
7895 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7896 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7897 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7898 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7899 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7900 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7901 #endif
7902
7903 return chain_entry;
7904 }
7905
7906 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7907 by the given parameters.
7908
7909 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7910 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7911
7912 static ssd_chain_struct *
7913 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common,
7914 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7915 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7916 sd_chain_struct *space;
7917 char *name;
7918 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7919 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7920 int comdat, common, dup_common;
7921 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7922 int sort;
7923 int access;
7924 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7925 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7926 int quadrant;
7927 asection *seg;
7928 {
7929 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7930
7931 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7932 if (!chain_entry)
7933 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7934
7935 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7936 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7937
7938 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7939 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7940 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7941
7942 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7943 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7944 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7945
7946 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7947 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7948 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7949 else
7950 {
7951 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7952 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7953
7954 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7955 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7956
7957 while (chain_pointer)
7958 {
7959 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7960 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7961 }
7962
7963 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7964 the links. */
7965 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7966 {
7967 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7968 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7969 }
7970 else
7971 {
7972 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7973 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7974 }
7975 }
7976
7977 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7978 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7979 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7980 #endif
7981
7982 return chain_entry;
7983 }
7984
7985 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7986 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7987
7988 static ssd_chain_struct *
7989 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common,
7990 sort, zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7991 sd_chain_struct *space;
7992 char *name;
7993 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7994 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7995 int comdat;
7996 int common;
7997 int dup_common;
7998 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7999 int sort;
8000 int access;
8001 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8002 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8003 int quadrant;
8004 asection *section;
8005 {
8006 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
8007
8008 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
8009
8010 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
8011 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
8012 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
8013 #endif
8014
8015 return chain_entry;
8016 }
8017
8018 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
8019 NULL if no such space exists. */
8020
8021 static sd_chain_struct *
8022 is_defined_space (name)
8023 char *name;
8024 {
8025 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
8026
8027 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
8028 chain_pointer;
8029 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
8030 {
8031 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
8032 return chain_pointer;
8033 }
8034
8035 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
8036 return NULL;
8037 }
8038
8039 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
8040 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8041
8042 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8043 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8044
8045 static sd_chain_struct *
8046 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8047 asection *seg;
8048 {
8049 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8050
8051 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8052 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8053 space_chain;
8054 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8055 {
8056 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8057 return space_chain;
8058 }
8059
8060 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8061 return NULL;
8062 }
8063
8064 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
8065 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
8066
8067 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
8068 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
8069 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
8070 COMDAT data.
8071
8072 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8073 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8074 own subspace. */
8075
8076 static ssd_chain_struct *
8077 is_defined_subspace (name)
8078 char *name;
8079 {
8080 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8081 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8082
8083 /* Walk through each space. */
8084 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8085 space_chain;
8086 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8087 {
8088 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8089 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8090 subspace_chain;
8091 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8092 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8093 return subspace_chain;
8094 }
8095
8096 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8097 return NULL;
8098 }
8099
8100 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8101 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8102
8103 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8104 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8105 to become more efficient. */
8106
8107 static ssd_chain_struct *
8108 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8109 asection *seg;
8110 subsegT subseg;
8111 {
8112 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8113 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8114
8115 /* Walk through each space. */
8116 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8117 space_chain;
8118 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8119 {
8120 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8121 {
8122 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8123 the correct mapping. */
8124 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8125 subspace_chain;
8126 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8127 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8128 return subspace_chain;
8129 }
8130 }
8131
8132 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8133 return NULL;
8134 }
8135
8136 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8137
8138 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8139 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8140
8141 static sd_chain_struct *
8142 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8143 int number;
8144 {
8145 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8146
8147 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8148 space_chain;
8149 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8150 {
8151 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8152 return space_chain;
8153 }
8154
8155 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8156 return NULL;
8157 }
8158
8159 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8160 address is unknown then return zero. */
8161
8162 static unsigned int
8163 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8164 sd_chain_struct *space;
8165 int quadrant;
8166 {
8167 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8168 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8169 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8170 return 0x40000000;
8171 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8172 return 0x40000000;
8173 else
8174 return 0;
8175 return 0;
8176 }
8177 #endif
8178
8179 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8180 a string. */
8181
8182 static unsigned int
8183 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8184 char *s;
8185 {
8186 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8187
8188 switch (c)
8189 {
8190 case '\"':
8191 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8192 break;
8193 default:
8194 break;
8195 }
8196 return c;
8197 }
8198
8199 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8200
8201 static void
8202 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8203 int append_zero;
8204 {
8205 char *s, num_buf[4];
8206 unsigned int c;
8207 int i;
8208
8209 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8210 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8211 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8212
8213 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8214 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8215 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8216 #endif
8217
8218 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8219 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8220
8221 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8222 {
8223 if (c == '\\')
8224 {
8225 c = *s;
8226 switch (c)
8227 {
8228 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8229 case 'x':
8230 {
8231 unsigned int number;
8232 int num_digit;
8233 char dg;
8234 char *s_start = s;
8235
8236 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8237 s++;
8238 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8239 num_digit < 2
8240 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8241 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8242 num_digit++)
8243 {
8244 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8245 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8246 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8247 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8248 else
8249 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8250
8251 s++;
8252 dg = *s;
8253 }
8254 if (num_digit > 0)
8255 {
8256 switch (num_digit)
8257 {
8258 case 1:
8259 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8260 break;
8261 case 2:
8262 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8263 break;
8264 }
8265 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8266 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8267 }
8268 break;
8269 }
8270 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8271 default:
8272 s++;
8273 break;
8274 }
8275 }
8276 }
8277 stringer (append_zero);
8278 pa_undefine_label ();
8279 }
8280
8281 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8282
8283 static void
8284 pa_version (unused)
8285 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8286 {
8287 obj_version (0);
8288 pa_undefine_label ();
8289 }
8290
8291 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8292
8293 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8294
8295 static void
8296 pa_compiler (unused)
8297 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8298 {
8299 obj_som_compiler (0);
8300 pa_undefine_label ();
8301 }
8302
8303 #endif
8304
8305 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8306
8307 static void
8308 pa_copyright (unused)
8309 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8310 {
8311 obj_copyright (0);
8312 pa_undefine_label ();
8313 }
8314
8315 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8316 the latest space label. */
8317
8318 static void
8319 pa_cons (nbytes)
8320 int nbytes;
8321 {
8322 cons (nbytes);
8323 pa_undefine_label ();
8324 }
8325
8326 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8327
8328 static void
8329 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8330 int float_type;
8331 {
8332 float_cons (float_type);
8333 pa_undefine_label ();
8334 }
8335
8336 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8337
8338 static void
8339 pa_fill (unused)
8340 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8341 {
8342 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8343 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8344 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8345 #endif
8346
8347 s_fill (0);
8348 pa_undefine_label ();
8349 }
8350
8351 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8352
8353 static void
8354 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8355 int needs_align;
8356 {
8357 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8358 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8359 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8360 #endif
8361
8362 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8363 pa_undefine_label ();
8364 }
8365
8366 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8367
8368 static void
8369 pa_lsym (unused)
8370 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8371 {
8372 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8373 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8374 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8375 #endif
8376
8377 s_lsym (0);
8378 pa_undefine_label ();
8379 }
8380
8381 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8382 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8383 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8384
8385 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8386 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8387 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8388 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8389 with the address of "foo").
8390
8391 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8392 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8393 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8394
8395 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8396 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8397 selectors).
8398
8399 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8400 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8401
8402 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8403 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8404 right bits out of an instruction. */
8405
8406 int
8407 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8408 fixS *fixp;
8409 {
8410 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8411 reloc_type code;
8412 #endif
8413 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8414
8415 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8416
8417 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8418 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs unless they
8419 are fake labels. */
8420 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA
8421 && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32
8422 && strncmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy),
8423 FAKE_LABEL_NAME,
8424 strlen (FAKE_LABEL_NAME)))
8425 return 0;
8426 #endif
8427
8428 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8429 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8430 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8431 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8432 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8433 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8434 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8435
8436 switch (code)
8437 {
8438 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8439 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8440 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8441 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8442 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8443
8444 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8445 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8446 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8447 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8448 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8449 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8450 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8451 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8452 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8453 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8454 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8455 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8456 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8457 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8458
8459 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8460 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8461 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8462 return 0;
8463 default:
8464 break;
8465 }
8466 #endif
8467
8468 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8469 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8470
8471 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8472 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8473 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8474 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8475 && fixp->fx_subsy
8476 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8477 return 0;
8478
8479 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8480
8481 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8482 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8483 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8484 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8485 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8486 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8487 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8488 sum to the right value.
8489
8490 eg. Suppose we have
8491 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8492 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8493 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8494
8495 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8496 reducing to the section symbol we get
8497 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8498 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8499 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8500 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8501 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8502
8503 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8504 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8505 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8506 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8507 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8508
8509 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8510 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8511 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8512 return 0;
8513
8514 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8515 relocations with plabels. */
8516 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8517 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8518 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8519 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8520 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8521 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8522 return 0;
8523
8524 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8525 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8526 return 0;
8527
8528 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8529 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8530 return 0;
8531
8532 return 1;
8533 }
8534
8535 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8536 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8537 within GAS. */
8538
8539 int
8540 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8541 struct fix *fixp;
8542 {
8543 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8544
8545 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8546 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8547 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8548 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8549 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8550 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8551 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8552 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8553 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8554 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8555 return 1;
8556 #endif
8557 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8558 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8559 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8560 return 1;
8561 #endif
8562
8563 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8564
8565 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8566 linking works. */
8567 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8568 return 1;
8569
8570 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8571 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8572 call stub. */
8573 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8574 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8575 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8576 return 1;
8577
8578 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8579 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8580 {
8581 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8582 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8583
8584 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8585
8586 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8587 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8588 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8589 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8590 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8591 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8592 #endif
8593
8594 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8595 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8596 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8597 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8598 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8599 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8600 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8601 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8602 )
8603 return 1;
8604 }
8605
8606 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8607 return 1;
8608
8609 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8610 return 0;
8611 }
8612
8613 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8614 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8615 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8616 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8617
8618 static void
8619 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8620 {
8621 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8622 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8623 char *name;
8624
8625 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8626 {
8627 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8628 or other problems. */
8629 return;
8630 }
8631
8632 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8633 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8634 + 1);
8635 if (name)
8636 {
8637 symbolS *symbolP;
8638
8639 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8640 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8641
8642 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8643 symbol will have already been defined. */
8644 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8645 if (symbolP)
8646 {
8647 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8648 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8649
8650 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8651 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8652 xfree (name);
8653 }
8654 else
8655 {
8656 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8657 last instruction of the function */
8658 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8659 frag_now);
8660
8661 assert (symbolP);
8662 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8663 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8664 }
8665
8666 if (symbolP)
8667 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8668 else
8669 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8670
8671 }
8672 else
8673 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8674
8675 }
8676
8677 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8678 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8679 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8680 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8681
8682 void
8683 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8684 {
8685 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8686
8687 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8688 call_info_pointer;
8689 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8690 {
8691 elf_symbol_type *esym
8692 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8693 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8694 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8695 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8696 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8697 }
8698 }
8699
8700 static void
8701 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8702 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8703 {
8704 struct fix *new_fix;
8705
8706 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8707
8708 if (new_fix)
8709 {
8710 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8711 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8712 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8713 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8714 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8715 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8716 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8717 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8718 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8719 }
8720 }
8721
8722 static void
8723 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8724 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8725 {
8726 struct fix *new_fix;
8727
8728 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8729
8730 if (new_fix)
8731 {
8732 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8733 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8734 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8735 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8736 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8737 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8738 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8739 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8740 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8741 }
8742 }
8743 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.364036 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.